Nissan Skyline R34 Workshop Manual English

SERVICEMANUAL
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX I
NISSAN
MODEL R 3 4 SERIES
FOREWORD
This Sewice Manual contains infor-
mation concerning necessary ser-
vice procedures and relevant data
for the model R34 series.
All information, illustrations and
specifications contained in this Ser-
vice Manual are based on the latest
product information available at the
time of publication. If your NISSAN
model differs from the specifications
contained in this Sewice Manual,
consult your NISSAN distributor for
information.
The right is resewed to make
changes in specifications and meth-
ods at any time without notice.
0 1998 KISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD. Printed in Japan

A11 rights reserved. No part of this Service Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form, or by any means,
electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior written permission of Nissan Motor Company Ltd.. Tokyo, Japan.
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
b This Service Manual only contains the service data specifications and trouble diagnosis informa-
tion such as self-diagnosis, CONSULT, circuit diagram and so on.
b For other information not specified in this manual, refer to Japanese version Service Manual (Pub.
No. A006029) and wiring diagram manual (Pub. No. WD8EOR34JO).
IMPORTANT SAFETY NOTICE

The proper performance of service is essential for both the safety of the technician and the efficient
functioning of the vehicle.
The service methods in this Service Manual are described in such a manner that the service may be
performed safely and accurately.
Service varies with the procedures used, the skills of the technician and the tools and parts available.
Accordingly, anyone using service procedures, took or parts which are not specifically recommended
by NISSAN must first be completely satisfied that neither personal safety nor the vehicle's safety will
be jeopardized by the service method selected.
GENERAL INFORMATION
SECTION GI
CONTENTS
CONSULT CHECKING SYSTEM ....................................2 IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION................................... 3
Function and System Application ................................ 2 Model Variation ............................................................3
Lithium Battery Replacement ......................................2 Vehicle Identification Number ...................................... 4
Checking Equipment.................................................... 2 Vehicle Identification Plate........................................... 4
CONSULT CHECKING SYSTEM
Function and System Application

Diagnostic
Function ENGINE AfT Air bag ABS
test mode
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster - - -
Work support x
and more accurately by following the indications on CONSULT.
Self-diagnostic
Self-diagnostic results can be read and erased quickly. x x x x
results
Current self-diagnostic results and all trouble diagnostic records
Trouble diagnostic - X -
record previously stored can be read.
- --
ECU discriminated Classification number of a replacement ECU can be read to pre- - - -

X
No. vent an incorrect ECU from being installed.
Data monitor InputIOutput data in the ECM can be read. x x - x
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT drives some actuators
Active test apart from the ECMs and also shifts some parameters in a x - - x
specified range.
ECM part number ECM part number can be read. x x - x
I
L
Function test
x: Applicable
I
Conducted by CONSULT instead of a technician to determine
whether each system is "OK" or 'NG". l x H - 1 -
Lithium Battery Replacement
CONSULT contains a lithium battery. When replacing the battery obey the following:
WARNING:
Replace the lithium battery with SANYO Electric Co., Ltd., CR2032 only. Use of another battery may
present a risk of fire or explosion. The battery may present a fire or chemical burn hazard if mistreated.
Do not recharge, disassemble or dispose of in fire.
Keep the battery out of reach of children and discard used battery conforming to the local regulations.
Checking Equipment
When ordering the below equipment, contact your NlSSAN distributor.
!
Tool name Description
NISSAN CONSULT
@ CONSULT unit
and accessories
@ Program card
UE990: For Automatic
transmission of
Dual rnatic M-ATx
EE980: Except for Auto-
matic transmission
of Dual matic
M-Atx
IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION
Model Variation
Model
Body Grade Engine Transmission Rear differential carrier
RH drive
GGKBRTFR34UDA FS5R30A
2-door 25GT TURBO RB25DET . R200V
GGKBRTAR34UDA RE4RO1B
RB20DE
1 GGHAREARMEDA
GGKAREFRMEDA
GGKAREARMEDA
1 RB25DE
GGKBRTFRMUDA
25GT TURBO RB25DET R200V
GGKBRTARMUDA RE4RO1B
BGHAREFR34EDA FS5W71C
20GT RB20DE
BGHAREARMEDA RE4RO1B R200 i%
I
BGKBRTFR34UDA FS5R30A $#i

25GT TURBO RB25DET R200V
BGKBRTAR34UDA RE4RO1B
1
Prefix and suffix designations:
-
Model
TEG,TDestlon' A: Standard
U: intercooler turbocharger
F: &speed manual transmission

A: 4-speed automatic transmission
20GT, 25GT, 25GT-X T: 25GT TURBO
k: Right-hand drive
2WD B: 2WD + ELECTRIC SUPER HlCAS
GH: RB20DE GK: RB25DE, RB25DET
4-door Sedan G: 2-door Coupe
IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION
- 2 L .I
Vehicle identification plate Vehicle Identification Number

The stamping position for vehicle identification number is at the
right side of cowl top panel.
GF-HR34: From HR34-000001
GF-ER34: From ER34-000001
GF-ENR34: From ENR34-000001
--
Vehicle Identification Plate
-- -
NISSAN MOTOR CO,LTD.JAPAN A TYP~

A Chassis No.
CHASSlS NO
A Model
YO DE CHASSIS A A ~ o d ycolor
MOOEL
WDELO A I
A Inner trim color
n7- me4 W
~YLCOLOAWUIWQW( AA 0 A Engine type
Displacement
z; ENGINE
2; Mom QA cc A Transmission type
2 I ;mi
T77.b
TRANS AXLE
TRANS EJE A&
A Transaxle type
PLANT
nrwrr
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
SECTION EC
CONTENTS
ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL OVERALL Fail-safe and Backup Functions ...............................15
RS
SYSTEM...........................................................................2 Self-diagnosis .......................................................... 16
System Description...................................................... 2 CONSULT .................................................................. I 9 MA
Description of Engine Control......................................2 Symptom Matrix Chart...............................................28
System Diagram .......................................................... 3 Idle Speed Inspection and Adjustment ..................... ;35
Component Parts Location..........................................6 Ignition Timing Inspection and Adjustment ................ 36
Vacuum Hose Drawing ................................................8 AirIFuel Ratio Inspection ........................................... 37
Circuit Diagram ........................................................ 11 Fuel Pressure Inspection...........................................38
ECM (.EM) Terminal Layout ....................................13 ECM (.TCM) InpuVOutput Signal Reference 9D
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES ............................................... 15 Value ..........................................................................39
ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL OVERALL SYSTEM
A 1 System Description
The engine control system, which performs various controls such
as the fuel injection control and ignition timing control with a single
control unit, has been adopted.
Diagnostic system applicable to CONSULT has been adopted for
easier inspection, service, and trouble diagnostic operations.
Description of Engine Control

I
Description
\ ,
Performs optimum fuel injection for every operation condition for

improved exhaust performance and response.
Adopts SOFlS (Sophisticated and Optimized Fuel Injection System)
Fuel injection control control for optimized fuel injection. 0
Adopts airbuel ratio feedback learning control that performs com-
pensation of airfiuel ratio for improved drivability when the system is
in a transitional condiiion due to sudden change in airfiuel ratro.
Uses an ignition timing map stored in the control unit to perform
controls so that the optimum ignition timing is obtained for every
operating condition.
Ignition timing control Performs knock control, in which the ignition timing is advancedl
retarded according to the presence of knocking, so that the opti-
0
mum i nition timing is obtained for every operating condition and
type oPfue1.
Performs feedback control to obtain the target idle speed for various
conditions, such as during warm-up or when the air conditioner is
Idle speed control actuated, via the AAC valve that adjusts the intake air amount when O
the throttle valve is fully closed.
Turns the fuel pump relay OWOFF according to the engine speed
signal.
pump drive
Fuel In RB25DET model, FPCM (Fuel Pump Control Modulatoi) control O
has been adopted for reduced idle noise.
Heated oxygen sensor Promotes warm-up of the heated oxygen sensor for improved air1
heater control fuel ratio feedback function. 0
Tums the air conditioner relay OFF at starting or during acceleration
Air conditioner cut control to reduce the engine load. 0
--
Auxiliary electric fan con- Tums the auxiliary electric fan relay ONIOFF according to the
engine coolant temperature signal and air conditioner signal.
-
trol
Engine, M,TCS,ABS Reduces engine toque during gearshift or when TCS (Traction
integrated control
Control System) is being operated via a multiplex communication
lino
0
- -
I
According to the engine speed and load, controls the cam phase by
Variable valve timing con- hydraulic pressure to change intake valve open/close timing for
trol Increased engine torque at low and middle speeds and for
I
enhanced out~ut. o
Performs duty control of the canister purge air according to various
Canister purge control ooeratina conditions.
- r - ~e - - - - - -
0
Controls the intake air passage in the intake manifold collector to
air intake valve
control
increase engine torque at low and middle speeds and to enhance 0
output.
According to operation conditions, turns the air jet swirl control sole-
Air jet swirl control noid valve ONIOFF to openlclose the air jet swirl control valve for 0
stable combustion.
pressure control
Tums the Turbo pressure control solenoid valve ONIOFF according
to operation conditions.
-
Ensures the vehicle's safe operation and enables the vehicle to be
Fail-safe and backup con- driven in an emergency when any of the system major components
trols (microcomputer in the control unit, engine coolant temperature 0
sensor, etc.) fails.
For easier trouble diagnosis, self-diagnostic system is adopted and
Diagnostic system the existing diagnostic system is modified so that CONSULT can be 0
used.
System Diagram
RB20DE (UB)
a
5
-wa
2
LL
Malfunction indicator lamp
Fuel pump control signal -- Vehicle speed signal

Parwneutral position switch signal
Vehicle speed signal
C
-!
-
5
c
!
I-
System Diagram (Cont'd)
a
E
a
-
al
1
U.
Fuel pump control signal +

ParWneutral position switch signal
- 1
-
2
F
-
4
Crankshaft position sensor signal

D
- -m
2 c
.-
0,
Air conditioner switch signal
* Y - B
"Y
~ n g i n ecoolant temperature sensor signal

* 4 C
-
C
P
Ignition timing control signal
Auxiliary air control signal
-a
C
--2
0,
ID
Refrigerant pressure sensor signal +

Power steering oil pressure switch signal
- Variable valve timing control sign

Variable air intake control
solenoid valve control sig
II
System Diagram (Cont'd)
Resistor a
I 1
I I ~ I
w
LLOE
C Malfunction indicator lamo
I
I Fuel D U ~ D control sional I Vehicle soeed sianal
Parklneutral position switch s i g n a n
Air conditioner switch signal-
Crankshaft position sensor signal
- s -
I
rr
-
Refrigerant pressure sensor sianal
Power steering oil pressure switch signal
Heated oxygen sensor output signal
-
Engine coolant temperature sensor signalC
-k
0
Mass air flow sensor signal
,- Ignition timing control signal r
U I
Airlfuel ratio control signal- W
Knock sensor output signal
Variable valve timing control s~anal
I Turbo pressure signal

Auxiliarv air amount control
signal
2 L
gE 8E z$, r
Air regulator
L T
Turbo pressure sensor
Component Parts Location

RB20DE (UB), RB25DE
Component name I Type I Location

I Fuel iniector I Hiah-resistance I Fuel tube
I Fuel pump I Electric, turbine
I Right rear of luggage compartment (in
fuel tank)
AAC valve Solenoid valve (Duty control)
IAA unit Intake manifold collector (Upper)
Air reaulator Wax
5m Ignition coil Micro-mold (Built into power transistor) Cylinder head (Top of each spark plug)
'
3 Canister purge control valve
Variable valve tirnina control solenoid valve
variable intake control solenoid valve
Solenoid valve (Duty control)
Solenoid valve (ON-OFF control)
Solenoid valve (ON-OFF control)
Upper part of rocker cover
Front end of cylinder head
Upper part of rocker cover
Variable air intake control actuator Diaphragm Intake manifold collector
Air jet swirl solenoid valve [RBPODE (UB)] Solenoid valve (ON-OFF control)
Lower part of intake manifold
Air jet swirl actuator [RB20DE (LIB)] Diaphragm
Photoelectric (Directly driven by cam-
Crankshaft position sensor Left front of cylinder head
shaft)
Ring gear crankshaft position sensor [RB20DE (UB)] Magnetic Clutch housing or converter housing
Mass air flow sensor Hot wire Air cleaner
(? Throttle position sensor [Incorporates throttle valve
o Variable resistance Throttle chamber
switch ( A l l models only)]
C
w Engine coolant temperature sensor Thermistor Water outlet
v,
Heated oxygen sensor Zirconia (with heater) Exhaust manifold
Knock sensor Piezoelectric Cylinder block
Power steering oil pressure switch ON-OFF switch Rear of radiator lower hose
Vehicle speed sensor Electromagnetic power generation Transmission
ECM (.TCM) 104-pin digital control Passenger dashboard side
Passenger dashboard side
ECM & IGN coil relay Small universal relay (2M)
Behind ECM (.TCM)
Component Parts Location (Cont'd)
" . . ., . . 7
Comoonent name I TVaLE

r .
Fuel injector High-resistance Fuel tube

Fuel pump Electriclturbine Right rear of luggage compartment (in
fuel tank)
5-S I
-1
unit I
I
AAC valve
Air reoulator
"
ISolenoid valve (Duty control)
1 wax
. -.
Intake manifold collector
4 Ignition coil I Micro-mold (Built into power transistor) Cvlinder head UOD
of each soark olua)
I Canister purge control valve I Solenoid valve (Dutv control) Upper part of rocker cover
Variable valve timing control solenold valve I Solenold valve (ONtOFF control)
- - - - -
Front end of cylinder head

Turbo pressure control solenoid valve I Solenoid valve (OMOFF control) Next to left strut tower
Photoelectric (Directly driven by cam-
Crankshaft position sensor Left front end of cylinder head
shaft)
Mass air flow sensor Hot wire Air cleaner
Throttle position sensor [Incorporates throttle valve
switch (AlT model only)] Variable resistance
Throttle chamber
Throttle motor sensor Variable resistance
09
5
V)
Engine coolant temperature sensor Thermistor Water outlet
Heated oxygen sensor Zirconia (with heater) Turbocharaer exhaust outlet
Knock sensor Piezoelectric Cylinder block
Turbo pressure sensor Silicone diaphragm Upper part of rocker cover
Power steering oil pressure switch ONJOFF switch Rear of radiator lower hose
( Vehicle speed sensor Electromagnetic power generation Transmission
ECM (.TCM) 104-pin digital control Passenger dashboard side
Fuel pump control modulator (FPCM) Voltage control Left rear of luaaaae comoartment
--
1 ECM L IGN co~lrelay Small un~versalrelay (2M) Passenger dashboard s~de

P ECM ( TCM)
t
ENGINE AND E.MISSION CONTROL OVERALL SYSTEM
Vacuum Hose Drawing

RB20DE (UB)
1. Intake manifold collector to Pressure regulator 10. Canister to Vacuum gallery

2. Intake manifold collector to Vacuum tank 11. Air cleaner case to Vacuum gallery
3. Variable air intake control solenoid valve to Three-way 12. Vacuum tank to Three-way connector
connector 13. Air jet swirl control solenoid valve to Three-way connector
4. Air jet swirl control solenoid valve to Three-way connector 14. Air jet swirl control solenoid valve to Air jet swirl actuator
5. Variable air intake control solenoid valve to Variable air 15. Power steering air valve to Vacuum pipe
intake control actuator
16. Power steering air valve to Air duct
6. lntake manifold collector to Fuel damper
17. Air jet swirl assembly to Vacuum pipe
7. Vacuum pipe to Three-way connector
18. Vacuum pipe to Vacuum pipe
8. Canister purge control valve to Vacuum gallery ;
9. Canister purge control valve to Throttle chamber
A
Vacuum Hose Drawing (Cont'd)
RB25DE
+Vacuum tank
Power steering air valve --P Vacuum tank
lntake manifold collector
ECL178OD
1. lntake manifold collector to Pressure regulator 8. Canister purge control valve to Vacuum gallery
2. lntake manifold collector to Vacuum tank 9. Canister purge control valve to Throttle chamber
3. Variable air intake control solenoid valve to Vacuum tank 10. Variable air intake control solenoid valve to Variable air
4. lntake manifold collector to Fuel damper intake control actuator
11. Power steering air valve to Vacuum pipe
5. Variable air intake control solenoid valve to Vacuum pipe
12. Power steering air valve to Air duct
6. Canister to Vacuum gallery
13. Vacuum pipe to Vacuum pipe
7. Air cleaner case to Vacuum gallery 14. AAC valve to Vacuum pipe
Vacuum Hose Drawing (Cont'd)
Canister purge control vzlve
1. lntake manifold collector to Recirculation valve Canister to Vacuum pipe

2. One-way valve to lntake manifold collector Pressure regulator to lntake manifold collector
3. Canister purge control valve to One-way valve Fuel damper to lntake manifold collector
4. Canister purge control valve to Vacuum pipe lntake manifold collector to Vacuum pipe
5. Turbo pressure sensor to Vacuum tank Vacuum pipe to Vacuum pipe
6. Turbo pressure control solenoid valve.to Air tube Power steering air valve to Vacuum pipe
7. Turbo pressure control solenoid valve to Three-way Power steering air valve to Air inlet hose
connector Air inlet pipe to Vacuum tank
8. Air inlet tube to Three-way connector
9. Swing valve controller to Three-way connector
Circuit Diagram
RB20DE (UB).MTT, RB25DE, RB25DET.MTT MODELS
Fan motor
Auxtliary electric Ian relay
- 43
Engine W a n t
temwrature sensor B.
Alr cmdll~onercompressor
Arr conduoner relay
Check c o n n m r
Tachometer drive signal
14
Mallunct~onindcator lamp
A 17
26
$7 = Power steenng 011
pressure sw~icr.
I 23
TO starter motor
/
*'""L'*" -
To rear defogger relay
[RB2MWD
> TO PNP switch
I
[Except lor
RB25DE.4WDI
'TO Starter relay -
Circuit Diagram (Cont'd)
RB2ODE (UB).A/T, RB25DET.AfT MODELS
. .
.-.- ......
,,. ,
.: .
t-..A
59 Turbine
a sensor A
Overrun clutzh
.shdt ~ l e n w dvalve k
pressure detection switch
I' Sh:H control unit

Droppins revstor 8 18 9 'S 10
".--- ,
- TC rear de'ogger relay 4 49
176
T
ECM (-TCM) Terminal Layout
I GY
CH~'GN-
(Data link connector for CONSULT)
Terminal
NO. 1I Description 1 Terminal
No I - -
Description
1 lgnition signal (Power transistor drrve signal) Cyl. No. 1 1 '34 Iu1"positron switch signal
-- ----
2 1 Ignition signal (Power transistor drive signal) Cyl. No. 5 1 '35 1 ''2" posifion switch signal
- -
3 1 Ignition signal (Power transistor drive signal) Cyl. No. 3 1 36 1 -

4 I ECM 6 IGN coil relay control signal
1 37 1 Throttle opening signal
[RB25DE.4WD,M/TSRB25DE.m RB25DEll
5 Tachometer drive signal '38 "D" position switch signal
6 - 39 Neutral signal (Parklneutral position switch)
7 Ignition signal (Power transistor drive signal) Cyl. No. 6 '40 "R" position switch signal
1 f-kswltch signal
- - - -- - - - -
8 ( Ignition signal (Power transistor drive signal) Cyl. No. 2 ( '41

9 Ignition signal (Power transistor drive signal) Cyl. No. 4 42
-
-
10 - 43 Sensor around
11 ( AAC valve control signal ( 44 1 Crankshaft position sensor 120' (REF) signal
12 - 45 Crankshaft position sensor 120" (REF) signal
13 Fuel pump relay control signal 46 Crankshaft position sensor 1" (POS) signal
14 Air conditioner relay control signal 47
Ring gear crankshaft position sensor signal [RB20DE (UB)]
Turbo pressure sensor signal LRB25DEl-J
15 - 48
Power supply for throttle position sensor, refrigerant pressure
sensor, and turbo pressure sensor
16 - 49 Rear defogger switch signal
17 Malfunction indicator lamp 50 Heated oxygen sensor signal
18 - 51 Throttle motor sensor signal [RB25DET]
19 - 52 SB (select bit) 2 signal (RB25DET.ATJ
20 Ignition switch (START) signal 53 Motor throttle switch signal [RB25DET]
21 Air conditioner switch signal 54 Mass air flow sensor signal
22 (CHK) Check (Diagnosis start) 55 Mass air flow sensor ground
23 Throttle position sensor signal 56 Engine coolant temperature sensor signal
24 (IGN) Ignition switch (IGN) signal 57 Refrigerant pressure sensor signal
25 Control unit ground '58 Output shaft rotation sensor signal (Vehicle speed sensor 1)
26 Power steering oil pressure switch signal 59 Turbine sensor signal [RB25DET.AlTj
27 - '60 Oil temperature sensor signal
28 1 SB (select bit) 1 signal [RB25DET.A/Tl 61
29 1 Vehicle speed sensor signal (Vehicle speed sensor 2) 62 Knock sensor signal 1
30 Headlamp switch signal 63 Knock sensor signal 2
31 Ignition power supply 64 PJT mode switch signal (POWER) [RB20DE (UB).A/Tl
32 Control unit ground 65 DB (data bush) 1 signal [RB25DET.W
'33 Idle position switch signal 66 DB (data bush) 3 signal [RB25DET.W
Symbols in ( ) next to terminal numbers indicate the data link connector terminals. Items marked with are available on RB20DE
(UB) and RB25DET.m models only.
ECM (-TCM) Terminal Layout (Cont'd)
Terminal Terminal
Description Description
No. No.
67 Control unit power supply 74 -
'68 O/D OFF indicator lamp 75 (RX) Receive (Data input to control unit)
69 DB (data bush) 2 signal [RB25DET.AIT] 76 (TX) Transmit (Data output from control unit)
70 A K mode switch signal (SNOW) [RB20DE (UB).AIT] 77
I
-
'71 Stop lamp switch signal 78 Auxiliary electric fan relay control signal [RB25DE, RB25DElJ
ECM.TCM. TCSIABS integrated control signal [Multiplex com-
72 Control unit power 79 munication]. [RB25DENT. RB25DEl
.
-
1 I
73 80 Battery power supply

Line pressure solenoid valve control signal (Dropping resistor
101 lnjector No. 1 cylinder drive signal "I3
circuit)
102 - 114 Injector No. 4 cylinder drive signal
103 Injector No. 3 cylinder drive signal '1 15 Overrun clutch solenoid valve control signal
-
Variable air intake control solenoid valve control sianal
104 1 [RB~ODE(LIB), BR25DEl
Turbo oressure control solenoid valve control signal
I I16 I lnjector ground
[RB~~DET]
105 Injector No. 2 cylinder drive signal 117 Variable timing control solenoid valve control signal
'106 Line pressure solenoid valve control signal 118 Heated oxygen sensor heater control signal
Air jet swirl control solenoid valve control signal [RB20DE (U .119 Power indicator lamp
107 ,\I
"11
108 Canister purge control valve control signal '120 Lockup solenoid valve control signal
Control unit power supply (Counter-electromotive current Shift solenoid valve A control signal
logfeedback circuit) '121
I
110 Injector No. 5 cylinder drive signal '122 Shift solenoid valve B control signal
111 Fuel pump terminal voltage control output signal [RB25DET] 123 -
112 Injector No. 6 cylinder drive signal 124 Injector ground
Symbols in ( ) next to terminal numbers indicate the data link connector terminals. Items marked with ' are available on RB20DE
(UB) and R825DET.All models only.
---
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
- -- --
-- - -
Fail-safe and Backup Functions

0 The fail-safe function estimates the opening conditions with other input signals and selects safer condi-
tions for the engine (vehicle) control, based on the data previously stored in the control unit, when any of
the critical sensors in the ECM fails.
The backup function allows the vehicle to be driven, using control signals previously stored in the control G]
unit, even if the critical part of the system fails.
Function
Backup
Related
sensor
ECM
Malfunction
The microcomputer in the control

Fail-safehackup
Fixes the ignition timing, fuel injection pulse width, and

AAC valve opening to the preset values so that the vehicle
MIL indication
MIL lights up.

I
A'
(-TCM) unit (CPU) is malfunctioning.
can be driven.
-- - -
Selects the fuel injection pulse width according to the

Mass air engine speed and the throttle opening so that the vehicle %R
Output voltage dropped below
flow can be driven. Fuel injection will be inhibited when the MIL lights up.
0.3V while the engine is running.
sensor engine speed exceeded approx. 2,400 rpm. During fail-safe
control, idle speed is controlled to 800 rpm. ST
Engine Uses the estimated engine coolant temperature (varies with
coolant
Same as self-diagnostic malfunc-
elapsed time after start) to perform controls so that the R8
tempera- vehicle can be driven normally. The auxiliary electric fan MIL lights up.
tion detection conditions.
ture sen- relay is turned ON. On RB25DET model, the turbo pres-
sor sure control solenoid valve remains OFF.
Heated Heated oxygen sensor output
d
owen voltage exceeded approx. 2V for Inhibits aidfuel ratio feedback control. MIL lights up. d
sensor predetermined time.
Fail-safe Judges the vehicle as of regular specification. Retards the
Knock Same as self-diagnostic malfunc-
function ignition timing within the knocking range so that the vehicle
sensor tion detection conditions.
can be driven normally.
Determines idle position according to the throttle position
and the engine speed.
Throttle
Same as self-diagnostic malfunc- Fixes the output to the preset value so that the vehicle can
position MIL lights up.
tion detection conditions. be driven normally.
sensor
On RB25DET model, the turbo pressure control solenoid
valve remains OFF.
- -
Throttle Fixes the throttle motor sensor output to the preset value
motor by turning the TCS switch ONIOFF, so that the vehicle can MIL lights up.
sensor be driven normally.
Motor
throttle Fixes the TCS switch OFF.
switch
t.. -
Self-diagnosis
DESCRIPTION
In self-diagnosis, when any of the critical sensors in the engine control system fails and the self-diagnos-
tic malfunction detection conditions are satisfied, the malfunctioning system is stored in the control unit for
easier trouble diagnosis.
There are two methods to indicate the presence of a malfunction: By illuminating the malfunction indica-
tor lamp (MIL) on the combination meter or by displaying on the CONSULT screen. Here describes indi-
cation by the malfunction indicator lamp.
There are two types of diagnostic test modes: Mode I and Mode 11. Mode I is normal status. Mode I1 is
either SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT or HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR MONITOR function.
SELF-DIAGNOSIS OPERATION PROCEDURE

To activate Diagnostic Test Mode I1self-diagnosis, with the ignition witch turned ON (engine not running),
connect terminals CHK and IGN on the data link connector for 2 or more seconds with a suitable harness,
then disconnect them.
Perform self-diagnosis with the ignition switch remain in ON position. [Mode I1 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS]
When engine is started in the above status, the heated oxygen sensor monitor function will be activated.
[Mode II HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR MONITOR]
When ignition switch is turned off during diagnosis, the diagnosis will automatically returns to Diagnostic
Test Mode I. [Normal status]
I 1 r I,
rest Mode I -
I
+I I r \II MAL~UNLMNIWARNlNfi
Switching diagnostic test modes

n
Connect terminals "CHIC and 'IGN'

on the data link connector for CON-
SULT for 2 or more seconds w~tha
suitable harness, then disconnect
them.
-
Diagnostic Test Mode II SELF-DI- -
Diagnostic Test Mode I1 HEATED
AGNOSTIC RESULTS OXYGEN SENSOR MONITOR
MIL indication (Blinkmg) MIL indicabon (Blinking)
When normal: MIL blinks to indicate Indicates lean (ON) and rich (OFF).
'DTC 55'.
When malfunction detected: MIL
blinks to indicate DTC of malfunction-
11 ing systern(s).
II
Erasing self-diagnostic results
Connect Leyinals 'CHIC and 'IGN" CAUTION: When ignition switch is turned ON within sev-
on the data hnk connector for CON- eral seconds after i t i s turned OFF wh~leDiag-
SULT for 2 or more seconds with a nostic Test Mode II - SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
suitable harness. then dsconnect RESULTSIHEATEO OXYGEN SENSOR MONI-
them. TOR i s activated, SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
will be performed again.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Self-diagnosis (Cont'd)
MALFUNCTiON INDICATOR LAMP (MIL) INDICATION
Diagnostic test mode I - BULB CHECK
0 The malfunction indicator lamp bulb check is carried out when
the ignition switch is turned ON (engine not started).
The malfunction indicator lamp should come ON when the
ignition switch is turned ON, and go OFF when the engine is
I \ started.
Diagnostic test mode I - MALFUNCTION WARNING

The system goes into the malfunction warning mode when any of
the following conditions is satisfied, and warns the driver by light-
ing up the malfunction indicator lamp in the combination meter.
Microcomputer in the ECM control unit (CPU) is malfunction-
ing.
Malfunction is detected during mass airflow sensor circuit self-
diagnosis.
Malfunction is detected during engine coolant temperature
1
sensor circuit self-diagnosis.
Malfunction is detected during vehicle speed sensor circuit
self-diagnosis.
Malfunction is detected during ignition signal circuit self-diag-
nosis.
Malfunction is detected during overheat self-diagnosis.
Malfunction is detected during heated oxygen sensor circuit
self-diagnosis.
~ a l f u n s i o nis detected during throttle position sensor circuit
self-diagnosis.
Malfunction is detected during Turbo pressure sensor circuit
self-diagnosis. [RB25DET model]
Malfunction is detected during throttle motor sensor circuit self-
diagnosis. [RB25DET model]
Diagnostic test mode I1 - SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

Example: Blinking pattern for DTC "43" 0 This mode indicates the malfunctioning system(s) by the mal-
function indicator lamp blinking pattern (indicating the DTC).
0 When no malfunction is detected, DTC "55" is indicated.
ONh
Diagnostic test mode II - HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR
OFF MONITOR
Approx. 8.7S
0 This mode indicates status of the aidfuel ratio by blinks of the
malfunction indicator lamp.
Warm up the engine and increase and maintain the engine
speed at 2,000 rpm. Check that the malfunction indicator lamp
blinks at least five times in 10 seconds.
During airlfuel ratio feedback control,
when heated oxygen sensor output is high (rich): MIL goes
OFF.
when heated oxygen sensor output is low (lean): MIL comes
ON.
OFF
(Rich) When aidfuel ratio feedback control is clamped: Status just
before clamp is maintained.
1 Rich: B/(A + B) x 100
Duty ratio in 1 cycle Lean: Al(A + B) x 100 When airifuel ratio feedback control is stopped: MIL goes OFF.
EFJ0041C
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC INDICATION ITEMS
DTC No. Self-diagnostic test items Malfunction (DTC No.) indication conditions (Malfunction is detected when ...) MIL indication
l o (POS) signal or 120" (REF) signal is not input for predetermined time
,, Crankshaft position sen-
sor signal circuit
while the engine is running.
Abnohal correlation is detected between 1" (POS) signal and 120" (REF)
-
sianal.
"
Mass air flow sensor output voltage is 4.9V or greater for predetermined
time when ignition switch is turned from OFF to ON, or after the engine is
Mass air flow sensor
l2 stalled. MIL lights up.
signal circuit
Mass air flow sensor output voltage is less than 0.3V for predetermined
I
time while the engine is running. I
Engine coolant temperature sensor output voltage is approx. 4.8V or
Engine coo'ant tempera- greater (open circuit) or less than 0.06V (short circuit) for predetermined MIL lights up.
ture sensor signal circuit
time-
- --
Vehicle speed sensor No vehicle speed signal is input for predetermined time while the vehicle is
14 MIL lights up.
signal circuit being driven after warm up.
Abnormal correlation is detected between input voltages from the throttle
Motor throttle switch sig- -
nal circuit [RB25DET] motor sensor and from the motor throttle switch for predetermined time.
1
ABS-TCS control unit Throttle control unit detects malfunction in the system. (Open throttle sen-
sor harness, etc.)
circuit JRB25DEl-l
TCS/ABS control unit detects malfunction. I
-
Ignition signal circuit No consecutive ignition signal while the engine is running. MIL lights up.
Turbo pressure sensor Turbo pressure sensor output voltage is approx. 4.8V or greater (open cir-
lights up.
signal circuit [RB25DET] cuit) or less than 0.06V (short circuit) for predetermined time.
Engine coolant temperature sensor output voltage is approx. 0.35V or less MIL lights up.
Overheat
(sensor normal) for predetermined time.
a Heated oxygen sensor output voltage is approx. 0.2V or greater and less
than approx. 0.4V for predetermined time while the vehicle is being driven
Heated oxygen sensor
signal circuit
aner warm up. MIL lights up.
Heated oxygen sensor output voltage is approx. 2V or greater for predeter-
I 1 mined time. I
I Knock sensor signal cir- I a At least one knock sensor indicates the output voltage of approx. 4V or -
cuit greater (open circuit) or less than approx. 1V (short circuit).
Throttle position sensor output voltage is approx. 4.7V or greater (open cir-
Throttle position sensor
signal circuit
cuit) or less than 0.06V (short circuit) for predetermined time while ark/ -
MIL liqhts up.
neutral position switch i s OFF and vehicle speed is 4 k d h or higher.
ABS-TCS communica- a Malfunction (openlshort circuit, etc.) is detected in multiplex communication -
tion circuit [RB25DET] line between enaine and TCWABS.
Throttle motor sensor
signal circuit [RB25DET]
a Throttle motor sensor input voltage is approx. 4 1 8 ~ o greater
or less than 0.3V (short circuit) for predetermined time.
r
Malfunction is detected in P A communication circuit in ECM (-TCM).

(open circuit)
I MIL lights up.
Afr communication cir- [RBZODE (UB), RB25Dm

cuit a Malfunction (open circuit, short circuit, etc.) is detected in multiplex commu-
nication line between ECM and TCM. [RB25DE1
NQ malfunction No malfunction is detected in all the above circuits.
- - -
I -
i c items can cause related malfunctions to be detected in M,
Some of the above ~ e l f a i a ~ n o s t test
throttle control, and ABS seif-diagnosis when malfunction is detected. Therefore, malfunctions should
also be checked in self-diagnostic tests for systems other than engine.
CONDITIONS TO TURN OFF MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP

Vehicle speed sensor signal circuit: Correct the sensor signal, then drive the vehicle at 4 km/h or higher.
Overheat: Check for causes of overheat, then erase self-diagnostic results.
Other items: Malfunction indicator lamp turns OFF when the vehicle returned to normal condition.
HOW TO ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

In Diagnostic Test Mode II, with the engine stopped (ignition switch ON), connect terminals "CHK" and "IGFP
on the data link connector for 2 or more seconds with a suitable harness, then disconnect them.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
CONSULT
CONSULT INSPECTION PROCEDURE
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Connect "CONSULT to data link connector for CONSULT.
(Data link connector for CONSULT is located under the instru-
ment lower cover on the driver's side on both LHD and RHD
models.)
I
Turn ignition switch ON.
NISSAN
Touch "START'.
CONSULT
START
I 1
I SUB MODE BR455C
Touch "ENGINE".
1b SELECTeYSTEM
[ ENGINE
I
Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service

b SELECTDIAG MODE n] procedure.
WORK SUPPORT For further information, see the CONSULT Operation Manual.
SELF-DIAG RESULTS
DATA MONITOR
ACTIVE TEST
FUNCTION TEST
,ECM PART NUMBER SEF288S

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
CONSULT (Cont'd)
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode Function
A technician can adjust some devices faster
Work support and more accurately by following indications
on CONSULT.
Self-diagnostic resuits can be read and
Self-diagnostic results
erased quickly.
Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
CONSULT drives some actuators apart from
Active test the ECM's and also shifts some parameters in
a specified range.
Conducted by CONSULT instead of a techni-
Function test cian to determine whether each system is
"OK" or "NG".
ECM part number ECM part number can be read.
WORK SUPPORT MODE

WORK ITEM I CONDITION I USAGE
THRTL POS SEN ADJ CHECK THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL. When adjusting throttle position
ADJUST IT TO THE SPECIFIED VALUE BY ROTATING sensor initial position
THE SENSOR BODY UNDER THE FOLLOWING CONDI-
TIONS.
0 IGN SW "ONn
0 ENG NOT RUNNING
I ACC PEDAL NOT PRESSED 1 I

IACV-AAC VALVE ADJ ISET ENGINE SPEED AT THE SPECIFIED VALUE UNDER I 1
THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS.
ENGINE WARMED UP
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE

0 NO-LOAD
FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING "START" When releasing fuel pressure
I
DURING IDLING. from fuel line
CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.
i J
m
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
CONSULT (Cont'd)
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS MODE
When any of the control unit input/output signal circuits fails and the self-diagnostic malfunction detection
conditions are satisfied, the malfunctioning circuit is stored in the memory and displayed later.
Self-diagnostic test items I Malfunction is detected when ... Malfunction display item I Data storage
(Yes/No,
-.
1" (POS) signal or 120" (REF) signal is not input for pre-
I
Crankshaft position sen- determined time while the engine is running. Crankshaft position sen-
sor signal circuit Abnormal correlation is detected between 1" (POS) sig- sor
nal and 120" (REF) signal. yes
Mass air flow sensor output voltage is 4.9V or greater for
predetermined time when ignition switch is turned from
Mass air 'lowsensor sig- OFF to ON, or after the engine is stalled. Mass air flow sensor
AT
nal circuit Mass air flow sensor output voltage is less than 0.3V for
I predetermined time while the engine is running. 1 1 mm
Engine coolant temperature sensor output voltage is L~J
19
Engine coolant tempera- Engine coolant tempera-
approx. 4.8V or greater (open circuit) or less than 0.06V Yes
ture sensor signal circuit ture sensor
(short circuit) for predetermined time. --
Vehicle speed sensor sig-
nal circuit I No vehicle speed signal is input for predetermined time
while the vehicle is beina driven after warm UD. I Vehicle speed sensor I Yes
ST
Abnormal correlation is detected between input voltages
switch sig- from the throttle motor sensor and from the motor Motor throttle switch Yes RS
nal circuit JRB25DETI
throttle switch for predetermined time.
Throttle control unit detects malfunction in the system.
ABS-TCS control unit cir-
(Open throttle sensor harness, etc.) ABS-TCS C/U SIGNAL
cuit [RB25DETJ
TCS/ABS control unit detects malfunction.
lgnition signal circuit No consecutive ignition signal while the engine is run- lgnition switch (Start sig-
ning. Yes
nal)
EL
Turbo pressure sensor output voltage is approx. 4.8V or
Turbo pressure sensor
greater (open circuit) or less than 0.06V (short circuit) for TURBO PRESS SENSOR Yes
signal circuit [RB25DETl
predetermined time.
Engine coolant temperature sensor output voltage is
8D
Overheat approx. 0.35V or less (sensor normal) for predetermined OVER HEAT Yes
time.
Heated oxygen sensor output voltage is approx. 0.2V or
Heated oxygen sensor greater and less than approx. 0.4V for predetermined
signal circuit time while the vehicle is being driven after warm up. Oxygen sensor Yes
Heated oxygen sensor output voltage is approx. 2V or
greater for medetermined time.
At least one knock sensor indicates the output voltage of
Knock
cuit approx. 4V or greater (open circuit) or less than approx. Knock sensor Yes
1V (short circuit).
Throttle position sensor output voltage is approx. 4.7V or
Throttle position sensor greater (open circuit) or 0.06V or less (short circuit) for
Thronle position sensor Yes
signal circuit predetermined time while parkheutral position switch is
OFF and vehicle s ~ e e dis 4 km/h or hiaher.
ABS-TCS communication
circuit [RB25DETl 1
Malfunction (openlshort circuit, etc.) is detected in multi-
plex communication line between enaine and TCS/ABS. I ABSrrCS C,u
Throttle motor sensor sig- Throttle motor sensor input voltage is approx. 4.8V or
nal circuit [RB25DET] greater (open circuit) or less than 0.3V or less (short cir- Motor throttle sensor Yes
cuitl for redetermined time.
Malfunction is detected in A/T communication circuit in
ECM (.TCM). (RB2ODE (UB), RB25DET]
AiT communication circuit a Malfunction (opedshort circuit, etc.) is detected in multi- A/T COMM LINE Yes
plex communication line between ECM and TCM.
[RB25DE1
NO SELF DIAGNOSTIC
No malfunction FAILURE INDICATED.
No malfunction is detected in all the above circuits.
FURTHER TESTING MAY
BE REQUIRED.
Some of the above self-diagnostic test items can cause related malfunctions to be detected in An;
throttle control, and ABS self-diagnosis when malfunction is detected. Therefore, malfunctions should
also be checked in self-diagnostic tests for systems other than engine.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
CONSULT (Cont'd)
DATA MONITOR MODE
Monitored item ECM Main
[Unit] input signals Description Remarks
signals
lndicates the engine speed computed
from the POS signal ( l osignal) of the
camshaft position sensor.
-
The signai voltage of the mass air flow When the engine is stopped, a certain
MAS AIRiFL SE [V]
0 sensor is displayed.
The engine coolant temperature (deter-
value is indicated.
When the engine coolant temperature
mined by the signal voltage of the engine sensor is open or short-circuited, ECM
0 coolant temperature sensor) is displayed. enters fail-safe mode. The engine coolant
temperature determined by the ECM is
displayed.
0 2 SEN [V]' The signal voltage of the oxygen sensor
is displayed.
MiR F/C MNT* Display of oxygen sensor signal during 0 After turning ON the ignition switch,
[RICH/LEAN] air-fuel ratio feedback control: "RICH" is displayed until air-fuel mixture
RICH ... means the mixture became ratio feedback control begins.
"rich", and control is being affected When the air-fuel ratio feedback is
toward a leaner mixture. clamped, the value just before the clamp-
LEAN ... means the mixture became ing is displayed continuously.
"lean", and control is being affected
toward a rich mixture.
VHCL SPEED SE The vehicle speed computed from the
[krn/h] or [mph] vehicle speed sensor signal is displayed.
BATTERY VOLT [V] The power supply voltage of ECM is dis-
played. I
THRTL POS SEN [V] The throttle position sensor signal volt-
age is displayed.
THRTL POS SE2 [V] Throttle motor sensor output voltage Approx. 4.6V
0 RB25DET
TURBO BOOST Turbo pressure sensor output voltage 0 Approx. 2.7V

SENSOR
RB25DET
-
After starting the engine, [OFF] is dis-

START SIGNAL
[ON/OFF] 0 Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
starter signal. played regardless of the starter signal.
CLSD THUP SW
[ 0N/OFF] 0 lndicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
throttle position sensor signal.
AIR COND SIG 0 lndicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air

[ON/OFF] conditioner switch as determined by the
air conditioner sianal.
PiN POSl SW lndicates [ON/OFFj condition from the
[ONIOFF) parldneutral position switch signal.
PW/ST SIGNAL
[ONIOFF]
LOAD SIGNAL lndicates [ON/OFfl condition from the

[ON/OFF] electrical load signal andlor lighting
switch.
ON ... rear defogger is operating.
OFF ... rear defogger is not operating.
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
*: Models with three way catalyst.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES .
CONSULT (Cont'd)
Monitored item
[Unit] Description Remarks
signals
I
INJ PULSE [msec] lndicates the actual fuel injection pulse
width compensated by ECM according to
the input siqnals.
When the engine is stopped, a certain
computed value is indicated.
IGN TIMING [BTDC]

I lo lndicates the ignition timing computed by
ECM according to the input signals.
When the engine is stopped, a certain
value is indicated.
IACV-AACN I%]
I lo
lndicates IACV-AACN control value com-
puted by ECM according to the input sig-
nals.
PURG VOL C N lndicates the EVAP canister purge vol-
[ONIOFF dutyj ume control valve computed by the ECM
according to the input signals.
The opening becomes larger as the
value increases.
- - - -
AIF ALPHA [%] The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feed- When the engine is stopped, a certain
back correction factor per cycle is indi- value is indicated.
cated. This data also includes the data for the
air-fuel ratio learning control.
AIR COND RLY The air conditioner relay control condition
[ONIOFF] (determined by ECM according to the
input signal) is indicated.
-- - -
Indicates the fuel pump relay control con-

dition determined by ECM according to
the input signals.
The control condition of the intake valve
timing control solenoid valve is indicated.
ON ... Intake valve timing control is oper-
ating.
OFF ... lntake valve timing control is not
operating.
VlAS S N [ONIOFF] Control conditions computed by ECM
RB20DE (UB), Solenoid valve activated: ON
RB25DE Solenoid valve not activated: OFF
SWRL CONT S N
[ON/OFF]
0 RB20DE (UB)
COOLING FAN The control condition of the cooling fan

[HVLOW/OFF] (determined by ECM according to the
RB25DE, input signal) is indicated.
RB25DET HI ... High speed operation
LOW ... Low speed operation
OFF ... Stop
TURBO CONT S N Control conditions computed by ECM
0 RB25DET Solenoid valve activated: ON
Solenoid valve not activated: OFF
PD PRESSURE Refrigerant pressure sensor output volt- Approx. 0.36V min.
SENSOR M age (Varies with air conditioner refrigerant
pressure)
, VOLTAGE Voltage measured by the voltage probe.
Pulse width, frequency or duty cycle Only "#" is displayed if item is unable to
measured by the pulse probe. be measured.
r Figures with "#"s are temporary ones.
They are the same figures as an actual
piece of data which was just previously
measured.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
CONSULT (Cont'd)
ACTIVE TEST MODE
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
I.US~~~CONSULT.
Engine: Return to the original trouble
INJECTION CCohArthe amount of fuel injection
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
: ~,"~~,,,~scOnnectOr
Oxygen sensor
IACV-AACN
OPENING
Engine: After warming up, idle the
engine.
Change the IACV-AAC valve opening
percent using CONSULT.
Engine speed changes according to the
opening percent.
. Harness and connector
IACV-AAC valve

ENG COOLANT
TEMP
conditioo
Change the engine coolant
If trouble symp:orn disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
:
0 Fuel injectors
Sensor
temperature using CONSULT.
condition
If trouble symptom disappears, see 0 Adjust ignition timing (by moving
IGNITION TIMING Timing light: Set camshaft position sensor)
CHECK ITEM.
Retard the ignition timing using
-
I . CONSULT.
Engine: After warming up, idle the
Harness and connector
POWER BALANCE . engine.

A/C switch "OFF
Shift lever uNn
Cut off each injector signal one at a
time using CONSULT.
Engine runs rough or dies.
0
Compression
Injectors
lgnition coil with power transistor
Spark plugs
COOLING FAN Ignition switch: ON Hamess and connector

RB25DE, Turn the cooling fan "ON" and "OFF Cooling fan moves and stops. Cooling fan motor
RB25DET using CONSULT. Cooling fan relay
FUEL PUMP RELAY

.
0 lgnition switch: ON (Engine stopped)
Turn the fuel pump relay "ON" and
"OFF using CONSULT and listen to
operating sound.
Fuel pump relay makes the operating
sound.
Fuel pump relay
VlAS SOL VALVE

RB20DE (UB),
RB25DE
VALVE TIMING SOL Checks control items and output circuit by arbitrary ON/OFF operation.
SWIRL CONT SOL
VALVE
0 RB20DE (UB)
SELF-LEARNING
CONT
. In this test, the coefficient of self-learning control mixture ratio returns to the original coefficient by touching "CLEAR" on the
screen.
PURG VOL CONTN

.
0 Engine: Run engine at 2,000 rpm.
Turn the E V ~ P
solenoid valve
canister purge control
and using
EVAP canister purge control solenoid
valve makes an operating sound. Check
vacuum signal for EVAP canister purge
EVAP canister purge control solenoid
valve
CONSULT and listen for operating Vacuum hose
sound.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~exists. a ' c u u m
VC OFF ... Vacuum does not exist.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
CONSULT (Cont'd)
REAL TlME DIAGNOSIS IN DATA MONITOR MODE
CONSULT has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by touching "SETTINGJyin "DATA MONITOR"
mode.
1. "AUTO TRIG" (Automatic trigger):
The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT screen in real time. GI
In other words, malfunction item will be displayed at the moment the malfunction is detected by ECM.
DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously until a malfunction is detected. However, DATA MONI-
TOR cannot continue any longer after the malfunction detection.
2. "MANU TRIG" (Manual trigger):
Malfunction item will not be displayed automatically on CONSULT screen even though a malfunction
is detected by ECM.
I
DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though a malfunction is detected.
AT
Use these triggers as follows: .
1. "AUTO TRIG" BR
While trying to detect the DTC by performing the "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE", be sure to
select to "DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)" mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it is
detected. ST
While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT should be set in "DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG)" mode, especially in case the incident is intermittent.
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, compo- Rs
nents and harness in the "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE, the moment a malfunction is found
the malfunction item will be displayed. (Refer to GI section, "Incident Simulation Tests" in "HOW TO
PERFORM EFFICIENT DIAGNOSIS FOR AN ELECTRICAL INCIDENT'.) HA
2. "MANU TRIG"
If the malfunction is displayed as soon as "DATA MONITOR" is selected, reset CONSULT to "MANU
TRIG". By selecting "MANU TRIG" you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for
further diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.
I
I SELECT MONITOR ITEM 1 Ih SET RECORDING COND 1 1k SET RECORDING CON0 1

I MANU TRIG I
I MAIN SIGNALS I LONG TlME I
SELECTION FROM MENU
I I
1- START I
"AUTO TRIG" "MANU TRIG"

A malfunction can be A malfunction can not be
displayed on "DATA displayed on "DATA
MONITOR" screen MONITOR" screen
automatically if detected. automatically even if
detected.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES t
i
CONSULT (Cont'd) i
FUNCTION TEST MODE

FUNCTION TEST JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
CONDITION
ITEM
lgnition switch: ON
SELF-DIAG (Engine stopped)
Objective system
RESULTS Displays the results of on board
diagnostic system.
- -
ignition switch: ON Harness and connector

(Engine stopped) Throttle valve: Throttle position sensor (Closed
OFF
Throttle position sensor circuit is opened throttle position)
CLOSED THROTTLE tested when throttle is opened and Throttle position sensor (Closed
POSl closed fully. ("IDLE POSITION" is throttle position) adjustment
the test item name for the vehicles Throttle valve: Throttle linkage
ON Venfy operation in DATA
in which idle is selected by throttle closed
position sensor.) MONITOR mode.
Harness and connector
lgnition switch: ON Throttle position sensor
Range (Throttle
(Engine stopped) Throttle position sensor
THROTTLE POSl valve fully opened More than
Throttle position sensor circuit is adjustment
SEN CKT
tested when throttle is opened and
- Throttle valve 3.0V Throttle linkage
fully closed)
closed fully. Verify operation in DATA
MONITOR mode.
lgnition switch: ON Out of N/P
(Engine stopped) OFF Harness and connector
PARWNEUT POSl positions
Neutral position switch circuit is Neutral position switch
SW CKT Linkage adjustment
tested when shift lever is
In N/P positions
manipulated.
lgnition switch: ON Harness and connector
(Engine stopped) Fuel pump
FUEL PUMP Fuel pump circuit is tested by There is pressure pulsation on
Fuel pump relay
CIRCUIT checking the pulsation in fuel the fuel feed hose.
Fuel filter clogging
pressure when fuel tube is Fuel level
pinched.
- -
The valve timing control system is

VALVE TIMING S N diagnosed by checking for
CKT operating sound of the solenoid
valve.
lgnition switch: ON Harness and connector
COOLING FAN
(Engine stopped) The cooling fan rotates and
CIRCUIT Cooling fan motor
Cooling fan circuit is tested when stops every 3 seconds.
RB25DE, RB25DET Cooling fan relay
cooling fan is rotated.
lgnition switch: ON -+ START
Start signal circuit is tested when
engine is started by operating the
starter. Battery voltage and water Harness and connector
START SIGNAL Start signal: OFF 3 ON
temperature before cranking, and lgnition switch
CIRCUIT average battery voltage, mass air
flow sensor output voltage and
cranking speed during cranking
are displayed.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
CONSULT (Cont'd)
--
FUNCTION TEST CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)

CONDITION JUDGEMENT
- ITEM
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine running) Locked position ON
Harness and connector GO
PWIST SIGNAL Power steering oil pressure switch
Power steering oil pressure switch
CIRCUIT circuit is tested when steering
a Power steering oil pump
VlAS SN CIRCUIT
0 RB20DE (UB),
wheel is rotated fully and then set Neutral position
to a straight line running position.
The variable air intake system is
diagnosed by checking for opera-
OFF
I
RB25DE tion of the actuator.
-
SWRL CONT S N The air jet swirl control system is

CIRCUIT diagnosed by checking for opera-
0 RB20DE (UB) tion of the actuator.
-- -- -
a Vehicle speed sensor circuit is

VEHICLE SPEED tested when vehicle is running at
Vehicle speed sensor input Harness and connector 877
signal is greater than 4 krnlh Vehicle speed sensor
SEN CKT a speed of 10 km/h (6 MPH) or
(2 MPH). Speedometer
higher.
RS
After warming up, idle the engine. Adjust ignition timing (by moving
Ignition timing is checked by read- camshaft position sensor or dis-
The timing light indicates the
IGN TIMING ADJ ing ignition timing with a timing
same value on the screen.
tributor) HA
light and checking whether it Camshaft position sensor drive
agrees with specifications. mechanism
INJECTION SYS (Injector, fuel
la
pressure regulator, harness or
connector)
Air-fuel ratio feedback circuit
IGNITION SYS (Spark plug, igni-
(injection system, ignition system,
Oxygen sensor COUNT More tion coil, power transistor harness
MIXTURE RATIO vacuum system, etc.) is tested by
than 5 times during 10 sec- or connector)
TEST examining the oxygen sensor out-
onds VACUUM SYS (Intake air leaks)
put at 2,000 rpm under non-
Oxygen sensor circuit
loaded state.
Oxygen sensor operation
Fuel pressure high or low
- --
/ After warming up, idle the engine.

Injector operation of each cylinder Injector circuit (Injector, harness or
is stopped one after another, and connector)
Difference in engine speed is
resultant change in engine rotation Ignition circuit (Spark plug, ignition
greater than 25 rpm before
POWER BALANCE is examined to evaluate combus- coil, power transistor harness or
and after cutting off the injec-
tion of each cylinder. (This is only connector)
tor of each cylinder.
displayed for models where a Compression
sequential multipart fuel injection Valve timing
system is used.)
D After warming up, idle the engine. Harness and connector
D IACV-AAC valve system is tested Difference in engine speed is IACV-AAC valve
IACV-AACN by detecting change in engine greater than 150 rpm between Air passage restriction between air
SYSTEM speed when IACV-AAC valve when valve opening is at 80% inlet and IACV-AAC valve
opening is changed to 0%, 20% and at 20%. IAS (Idle adjusting screw) adjust-
and 80%. ment
ECM PART NUMBER

Part number of the ECM equipped on the vehicle can be read.
ECM: 23710-XXXXX
ECM-TCM:23740-XXXXX
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Symptom Matrix Chart

RELATION BETWEEN CONTROL ITEMS AND SENSORSfACTUATORS
@: High possibility to control damage

0: Low possibility to control damage
Sensors and actuators 1$1$1$

1@1@1@
r I I
Crankshaft position sensor

Ring gear crankshaft position sensor
[RB20DE (UB)] @
I Engine coolant temperature sensor I

i
0 I @ II 0
Heated oxygen sensor 0
Knock sensor
e? - Vehicle speed sensor 01 0

C .
Throttle position sensor 0 0 0
$ Turbo pressure sensor (TIC) 0 0
Refrigerant pressure sensor
START @ 0
lgnition switch
IGN 0 0 0
Air conditioner switch
Parklneutral position switch
Power steering oil pressure switch
Electrical load switch
Battery voltage 0
injector I
@ G O
I power transistor I I I
Ignition system I I I
I
lgnition coil I I I
AAC valve
Fuel DumD relav
. . I I I
2
o ECM & IGN coil relay I@l@l@
1 I I
-
%
3
2
Auxiliary electric fan relay
Air conditioner relay
Canister purge control valve 0
Variable valve timing control solenoid valve
Variable air intake control solenoid valve
,(NA)
Air jet swirl control solenoid valve
[RB20DE (UB)] 0
Turbo pressure control solenoid valve
(TW
FPCM (TIC)
%' Dropping resistor (TIC)
2. I I
5 Air regulator
Canister 0
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Symptom Matrix Chart (Cont'd)
-RELATION BETWEEN TROUBLE SYMPTOMS AND SENSORS
-.-
Sensors No
start
I Hard
start Rough idle Poor derivability Engine stall
@: High possibility Symptom

0:Low possibility
Crankshaft position
sensor (POS, REF) Instantaneous
xeak
Ring gear crankshaft
position sensor
[RB20DE (UB)]
s1 Signal iigh output
"
,ow output
2 Power supply
Engine coolant tem-

perature sensor iigh resistance
- --
-ow resistance
Heated oxygen sen-
sor
Knock sensor iigh output

.ow output
Vehicle s ~ e e dsensor Ipedshort
Throttle position sen-

sor Jnstable output
'oar adjustment
Turbo pressure sen-
sor (TIC)
Refrigerant pressure
sensor
Ignition switch (IGN)
k$n;pRnT)sw itch
Air conditioner switch
ParWneutral position
switch
Power steering oil

pressure switch
Electrical load switch
Multiplex communica-
tion line
Control unit power
supply
Sensor ground
Control unif and con- 'oor contact
nector Vater intrusion
*: Fast idle
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Sensor-related problems I Symptom characteristics and ins~ectionhints
Open Engine will not start when either REF signal circuit or POS signal circuit is open.
Neither fuel system nor ignition system outputs control signals.
Crankshaft position sensor
(POS, REF) Instanta- Symptoms vary with the break time and the vehicle's driving conditions. Light
neous break shock or surging will occur while the vehicle is being driven, and the engine will
stall at idle speed.
Ring gear crankshaft position Open No airfluel ratio compensation is carried out during lean bum status. Drivability
sensor [RB20DE (UB)] may be affected.
Open Enters fail-safe mode. Driving under 2,400 rpm is allowed.
High output Airlfuel ratio becomes rich. Black smoke may be noted. Poor contact at the
Signal ground could be the cause.
Mass air flow sensor Low output I
I
Aidfuel ratio becomes lean. Dirty hot wire or air entering the system could be the
cause.
Open Airlfuel ratio becomes over-rich.
Open Same symptom as when signal wire is open.
Enters fail-safe mode. Malfunction indicator lamp comes ON. Ordinary driving is
Opedshort allowed. Problems tend to occur when engine is cold or engine coolant tempera-
ture is high.
Engine coolant temperature sen- High resis- Detects low engine coolant temperature. Problems tend to occur after engine
sor tance warm-up.
Low resis- Detects high engine coolant temperature. Problems tend to occur when engine is
tance cold.
Heated oxygen sensor Opedshort Base aidfuel ratio is used.
OpedShort Ilgnition timing is retarded within the knock control range. Lack of power may be
noted.
Knock sensor lgnition timing is retarded within the knock control range. Lack of power may be
High Output (noted.
Low output 1 lgnition timing may not be retarded when knock is detected.
Vehicle speed sensor Opedshort Fuel cut time becomes-shorter, or no fuel cut is observed.
Opedshort Base idle speed is used. Fuel injection is not increased during acceleration. AIT
shift point changes for AfF vehicles.
Throttle position sensor Unstable out- Unnecessary cut-in fuel injection could be the cause. Poor contact at the ground
put or control unit could be the cause.
Poor adjust- ldle judgment is "OFF while idling. Condition returns normal by turning the igni-
ment tion switch ON and OFF repeatedly.
Turbo pressure sensor (TE) Open Turbo pressure is judged zero. No remarkable malfunction will be detected.
Refrigerant pressure is judged high. ldle speed remains high while the air condi-
tioner is ON.
Refrigerant pressure sensor
Short Refrigerant pressure is judged low. ldle speed remains low while the air condi-
tioner is ON.
Engine will not start because neither fuel system nor ignition system outputs con-
lgnition switch (IGN) Open trol signals.
Open Engine starts in normal condition. Engine may not start when temperature is
lgnition switch (START) extremefy low.
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner will not operate. No other malfunction will be noted.
Open Park/neutral position switch is judged "OFF. Target engine speed for cold engine
in N or P position is reduced.
Parklneutral position switch ParWneutral position switch is judged "0N"IFast Jdle is effective when the engine
Short is cold and the gear is in other than N and P posrtlons. Vehrcle excessrvely
creeps.
Engine may stall when the steering wheel is turned while the vehicle is standstill
Power steering oil pressure Open and the accelerator pedal is lightly
- - -pressed, or when the steering wheel is turned
switch during deceleration. '
Short Power steering switch is judged 'ON." Value will be compensated constantly.
Electrical load switch Open Idle speed drops so that the engine can stall when electrical load is applied.
Open/short Torque reduction control is not performed. Therefore, shift shock becomes
Multiplex communication line greater.
- -- -
- -- --
Open Engine will not start because neither fuel system nor ignition system outputs con-
Control unit power supply trol signals.
------ -
I
- -- - - -
Sensor ground O~edshort

- - -
Same symptoms as-
- --
when
-
sensor harness is open.
- - --- --
Poor contact In case of poor contact, the connector fitting may be loose. In case of water
Control unit and connector Water intru- intrusion, the engine stalls and become inoperative for a while. The engine may
sion restart soon in some cases.
*va r
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
-"- RELATION BETWEEN TROUBLE
No
SYMPTOMS AND ACTUATORS
Hard
Actuators Rough idle Poor derivability Engine stall
Start start
. @: High possibility Symptom

0:Low possibility
Open
Coil Open
Open
Short
I
Injection port
Ignition signal (Power

Foreign material
transistor drive signal)

Ignition primary signal
(Power transistor
ground)
Primary si'de
.-
-c.
-k Secondary side
2 Power supply
Fuel pump relay

Auxiliary electric fan
relay [RB25DE,
RB25DEfl
Canister purge con- hen
trol valve
Variable valve timing
control solenoid valve ~
Variable air intake
control solenoid valve
Air jet swirl control

solenoid valve
Turbo pressure con-

trol solenoid valve
Injector ground (Total

ground) nstantaneous
reak
I
': Fast idle
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Actuator-related malfunction Symptom characteristics and inspection hints
An open circuit causes no fuel injection to the corresponding cylinder, and the
heated oxygen sensor output becomes lean. When the open circuits are
observed at all cylinders, the engine will not start.
Open
Drive A short circuit causes continuous fuel injection to the corresponding cylinder, and
Injector circuit Short over-rich airlfuel ratio and misfire will be noted. When the short circuits are
observed at all cylinders, the engine will not start.
Foreign Foreign material causes continuous fuel injection to the corresponding cylinder.
Injection material
Clogs Symptoms vary with the condition how the injection port is clogged. Aidfuel ratio
compensation factor becomes larger. (110 to 125%)
lgnition signal (POW&transistor L
drive siqnal) (open

'
Ignition primary signal (Power Open An open circuit causes no fuel injection to the corresponding cylinder, and the
transistor ground) heated oxygen sensor output becomes lean.
Power When the open circuits are observed at all cylinders, the engine will not start.
Open In case of instantaneous break, symptoms vary with the break time and the
supply - vehicle's driving conditions. Light shock or surging will occur while the vehicle
Open is being driven.
lgnition coil primary
s~de The engine will stall when break time is long.
Second- Open
arY side Leaks
Power Open
supply AAC valve is fully closed. Symptoms vary with the base engine speed. When it is
AAC valve too low, engine may stall while the vehicle is decelerating or when the power
Drive steering load or electrical load is applied.
circuit Open
Fuel pump relay 1 Open 1 Engine will not start. In case of instantaneous break, surging may occur.
Auxiliary electric fan relay Open Auxiliary electric fan will not operate even after warm-up is completed.
[RB25DE, RB25DETI
Open The valve will not purge. Gasoline smell may be noted when the weather is hot.
Canister purge control valve
1 Short
The valve purges constantly. In summertime, engine may stall at idle speed due i
to rich aidfuel ratio. In wintertime, various malfunctions may occur due to lean
airlfuel ratio.
Variable valve timing control Open Valve timing not switched.
solenoid valve
Variable air intake control sole- , Open Variable air intake valve opens, and torque in low speed range is reduced.
noid valve (NA) Short Variable air intake valve closes, and torque in high speed range is reduced.
Air jet swirl control solenoid Open Air jet swirl control valve remains closed.
valve [RB20DE (UB)] Short Air jet swirl control valve remains open.
Turbo pressure control solenoid Open Swing valve opens earlier, and maximum turbo pressure is reduced.
valve (TIC)
Open Engine will not start because the injectors do not operate.
Injector ground (Total ground)
I lnstanta-
neous break
I Symptoms vary with the break time and the vehicle's driving conditions. Surging
or engine stall may occur when the instantaneous break occurred during fuel
injection. I
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
RELATION BETWEEN TROUBLE SYMPTOMS AND ENGINE MECHANICAUACCESSORIES
Malfunction of the gasoline engine will not occur when the three elements of combustion (compression
pressure, aidfuel mixture, and spark) are all normal. Though the aidfuel mixture and the spark (ignition tim-
ing) are controlled by ECM (.TCM) control unit, if the engine mechanical is malfunctioning, a malfunction will
occur. (The table below shows universal cases. Some cases may not apply to the vehicle.)
I I start
No
Hard
start
Rough idle I Poor drivability Engine stall
Engine mechanical-related malfunction
0:High possibility
0:Medium possibility
A: Low posstbility
Air sucked in at oil level gauge

Air sucked in at oil filler cap
Loose air duct (A-F/M downstream) 0 A
Misconnection of canister piping 0 A
Cracked intake manifold 0 A
PCV valve stuck open
Aidfuel mix- Clogged fuel strainer 0 A
ture
Clogged air cleaner element
Malfunctioning pressure regulator A 0 0 0
Improper gasoline properties A 0 0 0
EGR valve stuck open 0 0
Deposits on valve 00
Excessive canister purge volume
Misconnection of high-tension wire
Improperly adjusted ignition timing
Spark Malfunctioning spark plug
High-tension wire leaks A 0 0 0
Distributor cap leaks A 0 0 0
Compres- Improper valve contact a 0 8 0
sion pres- .
sure Worn piston ring ~ 0 8 0
Clogged catalytic converter or
exhaust system A 0 0
Low base idle speed A A
Others
1 Foreign material (vinyl, etc.) in fuel

tank
Clogged radiator or capacitor
- --- --
I I I I --
': Fast idle
Adding to the items listed above, check the following.
Wiring harness for tension
Ground wires for loosenes
nuids and oils for levels
All connectors for connection
Battery connections for loosenes and corrosion
Drive belts for loosenes
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Engine mechanical-related malfunction I Symptom characteristics and inspection hints
Airffuel ratio becomes lean.

Air sucked in at oil filler cap Aidfuel ratio compensation factor becomes higher.
a Intake manifold induction vacuum becomes lower.
Misconnection of canister piping Use an induction vacuum (pressure) gauge for check.
'Common to all air sucking conditions from air intake system.
I Cracked intake manifold
-
I
PCV valve stuck open Abnormal noise (peep) may be heard.
Clogged fuel strainer Symptoms vary with the condition how they are clogged. However, the
Air/fuel . symptoms tend to occur when the vehicle is driving at high speed and
mixture Clogged air cleaner element under high load.
I Malfunctioning pressure regulator IVarious symptoms occur depending on the fuel pressure.
Improper gasoline properties Various symptoms occur depending on the properties.
I E G R i a l e stuck open I
r Deposits on valve
I Air/fuel ratio becomes lean. Airfluel ratio compensation factor becomes
higher.
Excessive canister purge volume
Misconnection of high-tension wire

I Engine may stall when the accelerator pedal is lightly pressed. (Especially
in summertime.)
Check if the ignition timing is correct.
Improperly adjusted ignition timing 1
1
Malfunctioning spark plug 1

High-tension wire leaks
Symptoms vary with the degree of leaks.
Distributor cap leaks
'
Corn- I
Improper valve contact ISymptoms vary with the degree of contact and the number of cylinders.
I
pression
pressure Worn piston ring Symptoms vary with the degree of wear and the number of cylinders.
I
l Clogged catalytic converter or exhaust sys-

tem ,I In many cases, engine stalls and then restarts after a while.
'
Low base idle speed
Dragging brake
I Engine may stall while the vehicle is decelerating or when the power
steering load or electrical load is applied.
Others Belt tension too high

Air conditioner load too heavy IToo much refrigerant in the system. 1
j
ArJ load too heavy Insufficient A/T fluid (FR model)
Foreign material (vinyl, etc.) in fuel tank Symptom tends to occur when fuel level in the tank becomes lower.
I Clogged radiator or capacitor I
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
ldle Speed Inspection and Adjustment

ldle speed specification (After warm-up)
Engine type I RygIE
. .
I
RB25DE I
I
RB25DET
idle speed [N or P position] 650250 Go

(Air conditioner ON) -
(700 900)'
Base idle speed (Pm)
600
(Feedback control cancelled)
I 1
Ignition timing
(Feedback control cancelled) I 15*2/600
CO density 0.1, max.
HC density 50, max.
"" "
': ldle speed varies with air conditioner refrigerant pressure and engine cool-
ant temperature.
a Warm up engine to normal operating temperature.
0 a Connect "CONSULT' to the data link connector for CON-
SULT (under the instrument lower driver panel) and turn
87'
ignition switch ON.
Connect a tachometer to the engine speed detection ter-
R8
minal.
a Check that the air conditioner load, power steering pump ~ p
-4
load, and various electrical loads are not applied to the

engine. During inspection and adjustment, the A/T selec-
tor lever must be in "N" or "P" position. EL
a Perform "IACV-AAC VALVE ADJn in "WORK SUPPORT
@ mode with CONSULS.
@ a Disconnect throttle position sensor harness connector. 8~
(Above step cancels the idle speed feedback control.)
0 Turn idle speed adjusting screw (IAS) on the AAC valve

assembly to adjust base idle speed to 600 rpm.
a Turning IAS clockwise makes base idle speed lower. Turning
IAS counterclockwise makes base idle speed higher.
@ a Cancel "IACV-AAC VALVE ADJ" in "WORK SUPPORT'

mode with CONSULT.
a Connect throttle position sensor harness connector.
ldle speed adjusting screw a Check that the actual idle speed is 650-1-50rpm.
ECL1641C
TROUBLE DlAGNOSES
Ignition Timing inspection and Adjustment

lnstall a timing light to the ignition timing detection loop (blue)
A 3 e Perform "IACV-AAC VALVE ADJ" in "WORK SUPPORT
mode with CONSULT.
/Ci3\ Disconnect throttle position sensor harness connector.
w
(Above step cancels the idle speed and ignition timing feedbacl
controts.)
With the engine idling, check that the ignition timing and bas1
idle speed is within the specification listed below.
If not within the specifications, loosen the crankshaft positio
sensor mounting bolt, turn the crankshaft position sensor an
adjust the ignition timing to the specifications. Turning th
crankshaft position sensor counterclockwise advances th
ignition timing.
Unit: BTDCO/rpl
Engine type RB20DE (VB) RB25DE, RB25DET
Ignition timing 1O-e2/600 15*2/600
Cancel "IACV-AAC VALVE ADJ" in "WORK SUPPORl

@ mode with CONSULT.
Connect throttle position sensor harness connector.
Race engine and check that the ignition timing advana
immediately.
CAUTION:
When idle speed or ignition timing is checked and adjuste
with the throttle position sensor harness connectc
disconnected, the self-diagnostic results of the throttle COI
trol unit and the ABS must be erased. To erase the self-dia!
nostic results, first turn ignition switch OFF, and then start tt
engine. Confirm that the TCS OFF indicator lamp, 4WD indic
tor lamp, and ABS indicator lamp are all OFF, then erase tt
self-diagnostic results. This must be done because disco
nection of the throttle position sensor harness connectc
even for engine adjustment, will make control units to dete
abnormal status.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
AirIFuel Ratio Inspection

CO/HC DENSITY INSPECTION
The vehicle uses aidfuel ratio feedback system with learning func-
tion. Because wide range of compensation is available, no CO/HC
density adjustment is necessary. G!
Warm up engine to normal operating temperature, and check
that the idle speed and the ignition timing are within the speci-
fications. Then, check CO/HC density with COIHC meter.
CAUTION:
I
Insert probe into left exhaust pipe.
ECLl788D
RB25DET-NT model uses exhaust pressure-sensitive control
muffler. Therefore, insert probe of the COMC meter into the
left exhaust pipe. (under -no-load condition, exhaust gas is
emitted from the left exhaust pipe only.)
I
a If not within the specifications, check the airlfuel ratio feedback
@status as follows.
Select "MIR FIC MNT" in "DATA MONITOR" mode. ST
a Run engine at approx. 2,000 rpm or higher and check that
"RICH" and "LEAN" are displayed alternately.
I
Rs
L Malfunction indicator lamp @ Turn ignition switch ON and connect terminals CHK and
IGN on the data link connector for CONSULT (under
instrument lower driver panel) for 2 seconds or more with
a suitable harness, then disconnect them. klk~
a Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature, then run
the engine at 2,000 rpm or higher. Check that the malfunction
indicator lamp blinks at least five times in 10 seconds. La=
0 Engine speed should be increased (approx. 2,000 rpm)
before performing check, even though the air/fuel ratio
feedback control is active during idling. 8D
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Fuel Pressure Inspection

QUICK INSPECTION
0 Turn ignition switch ON (engine not running).
Select "FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT' in "FUNCTION TEST
mode.
Pinch fuel hose with fingers and check for pulsation.
Pinch fuel hose between fuel filter and fuel gallery (fue
@ damper for RB2SDET model) with fingers while fuel puml
is operating. Hose should feel hard or pulsating.
INSPECTION USING FUEL PRESSURE GAUGE

Releasing fuel pressure
Start engine.
Fuel pump fuse
Select "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" in "WORK SUP
PORT' mode.
Touch "START' and after engine stalls, crank it two o
three times to release all fuel pressure.
Start engine and disconnect fuel pump fuse.
After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to releas
all fuel pressure.
Installing fuel pressure gauge

Connect a fuel pressure gauge between fuel filter and fue
gallery (fuel damper for RB25DET model).
CAUTION:
When disconnecting fuel hose, use shop cloth to remove an!
fuel leaks.
Install fuel pump fuse.
Fuel pressure standard value confirmation

Start engine and check that the fuel pressure is as specified.
Fuel pressure [MPa (kg/cm2)]
hose At idle: 0.25 (2.5)
When vacuum hose is disconnected from pres-
sure regulator: 0.29 (3.0)
If the vehicle shows poor starting, check fuel pressure fo
approx. 5 seconds after ignition switch is turned ON (During :
sec. after ignition switch turned ON for RB25DET model).
Pressure
Fuel pressure [MPa (kg/cm2)]
During 5 sec. after ignition switch turned ON:
0.29 (3.0)
When fuel pressure is NG
Too high: Malfunctioning pressure regulator, malfunction in^
fuel damper, clogged fuel return line, bent hose
Too low: Malfunctioning pressure regulator, malfunctioning fue
damper, poor fuel pump discharging, clogged fuel supply line
clogged fuel filter
CAUTION:
Also check fuel pressure at increased engine speed.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
ECM (aTCM) InputDutput Signal Reference

P
Value
SIGNAL VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH OSCILLOSCOPE AND CIRCUIT TESTER
- Signal voltages measured at ECM (-TCM) terminals (terminals for engine control) with a circuit tester and
example of waveforms displayed on an oscilloscope are shown below.
For signal terminals for A/T control, refer to "AIT Trouble Diagnosis" in AT section.
Measured data are affected by many factors such as irregularity of parts, vehicle history, operating
conditions, environment, service status, and measuring instruments and methods.
/
RX TX C H ~ ~ " N (Data link connector for CONSULT)
Terminal Signal name At idle At approx. 2,000 rpm

No.
When cranking: Approx. 0.12V
Approx. 0.15 - 0.25V
I nition signal
8 ower transistor
drive signal) At idle: Approx. 0.1V
?pprox. 1V
ECM & IGN coil ,During approx. 1.5 sec. after ignition switch turned OFF:
relay control signal 4pprox. 1V
1.5 sec. after ignition switch turned OFF:Battery voltage)
:RB20DE (UB), RB25DEJ Approx. 3V
Approx. 1.2V
Tachometer drive
signal :RB25DET]
Approx. 7.2V
NOTE: Above voltages are measured values obtained by analog circuit tester.
EC-39
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
ECM (-TCM) InputlOutput Signal Reference
Value (Cont'd)
Terminal
Signal name At idle At approx. 2,000 rpm
No.
Approx. 12V Approx. 8V
AAC valve control

signal
[RB20DE (UB), RB25DEl

During 5 sec. after ignition switch tumed ON: Approx.
0.25V
5 sec. after ignition switch turned ON: Battery voltage
Fuel pump relay At idle: Approx. 0.25V
- -
control signal [RB25DETJ

During 3 sec. after ignition switch tumed ON: Approx.
0.9V
Approx. 0.9V
3 sec. after ignition switch tumed ON: Battery voltage
At idle: Approx. 0.9V
Air conditioner Air conditioner OFF: Battery voltage
relay control signal Air conditioner ON: Approx. 0.25V
MIL OFF: Battery voltage
Malfunction indica- MIL ON
tor lamp RBZODE (UB), RB25DE: Approx. 0.85V
RB25DET Approx. 0.1V
lgnition switch Approx. OV
(START) signal (Ignition switch at START Battery voltage)
Air conditioner Air conditioner OFF: Approx. 4.7V
switch signal Air conditioner ON: Approx. 0.1V
-
Check (Diagnosis CONSULT connected: Approx. OV

22 (CHK)
start) CONSULT not connected: Approx. OV
Accelerator pedal released: Approx. OSV
Throttle position
Accelerator pedal fully depressed: Approx. 4.2V Approx. 0.6 - 0.7V
sensor signal
(Ignition switch ON, engine not running)
lgnition switch lgnition switch OFF: Approx. OV
24 (IGN)
(IGN) signal lgnition switch ON: Battery voltage
Ground Approx. OV
Power steering oil

Steering wheel not tumed: Approx. 4.N
26 pressure switch
Steering wheel turned: Approx. OV
signal
d
NOTE: I bove voltages are measured values obtained by analog ircuit tester.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
ECM (*TCM) InpuWOutput Signal Reference
Value (Cont'd)
Terminal
Signal name At idle At approx. 2,000 rpm
No.
IRB20DE (UB)]
When driving at approx. 40 km/h: Approx. 2.4V @I
i
ECL 1 7920
rlehicle speed sen-
;or signal [RB25DE, RB25DETI %R
When driving at approx. 40 kmk: Approx. 2.4V
dead lamp switch Light switch OFF: Approx. OV

;ignal Light switch ON: Battery voltage
gnition power sup- Ignition switch OFF: Approx. OV
)iY Ignition switch ON: Battery voltage
dle position switch
Approx. OV
(When accelerator pedal is depressed)
lB25DET.m
Mottle opening Accelerator pedal released: Approx. 0.5V
ignal Accelerator pedal fully depressed: Approx. 4.2V
RB25DE.4WD.W (Ignition switch ON, engine not running) Approx. 0.N
;RB25D€.AlT,
3R25Dm
Jeutral signal Selector lever in Neutral or in N or P position: Approx. OV
ParWNeutral posi- Selector lever in other positions: Approx. 4.8V
on switch)
:ull switch signal Accelerator pedal released: Approx. OV
41 ?B20DE (UB), Accelerator pedal fully depressed: Battery voltage
lB25DET-A/Tl (Ignition switch ON, engine not running)
- - - ----
NOTE: I love voltages are measured values obtained by analog rcuit tester.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
ECM (-TCM) Input/Output Signal Reference
Terminal Signal name At idle At approx. 2,000 rprn

No.
Approx. 1.4V
Crankshaft position
sensor 120" (REF) sig-
nal -
At idle: Approx. 1.35 1.4V
ECLl426D
Approx. 2.6V
Crankshaft position
sensor 1" (POS) signal jle: Approx. 2.6V
ECLl428C
When cranking (DC range): Approx.
(AC range): Approx.
DC range: Approx. 0.1V

AC range: Approx. 3.2V
Ring gear crankshaft

position sensor signal
[RB20DE (UB)] At idle DC range - Approx. 0.1 V
[Ac range]. /\ppmx. 1.W
(v:
15
10
5
0
Turbo Dressure sensor t

signal ' (When engine raced sirddenly: Approx. 2.7 - 3.1V)
[RB25DET]
Throttle position sensor,
refrigerant pressure
sensor, turbo pressure
-
sensor power supply
Rear defogger switch 2ear defogger switch OFF: Approx. OV
49 Rear defogger switch ON: Battery voltage
signal
C-
NOTE: , bove voltages are measured values obtained by analog circuit tester.
EC-42
TROUBLE DIAGNOS :s
ECM (.TCM) lnpu 3utput Signal Reference
Value (Cont'd)
At idle At approx. 2,000 rpm
.. No.
Fluctuates between approx. 0.1 to 0.4V and approx.
0.7 to 0.9V
:v:
i .5
I .O
0.5
0
1 1 j l l l l l l l l
ECL 1 8630 ECL 1 8645

signal
[RB25DET'J
Approx. 3.4V
I (Voltage becomes lower when TCS operates.)
Motor throttle switch
t
signal Approx. 4.7V
(When TCS is operating: Approx. OV)
[RB25DET]
Mass air flow sensor Ignition switch ON: Approx. 0.2V
signal -
At idle: Approx. 1.I 1.2V
Approx. 1.6 - 1.7V
ground
Engine coolant tem-
Approx. OV
Coolant temperature approx. 20°C: Approx. 3.5V

I
56 C
perature sensor signal Coolant temperature approx. 80°C: Approx. 1.2V
Approx. 0.36V min.
Refrigerant pressure
57 (Voltage increases as the air conditioner refrigerant +
sensor
pressure increases.)
1
-
62 Knock sensor signal 1 -

Approx. 0.4 2V (')
1 ': Voltage varies with measuring range (internal resis- +

- -- -
63 Knock sensor signal 2 tame) of a circuit tester.

67
72 I Control unit power sup-
PIY
Receive (Data input to
Battery voltage
-
CONSULT connected: Approx. 0.25V
I
1
+
C
control unit) CONSULT not connected: Battery voltage
I
-
Transmit (Data output CONSULT connected: Approx. 9V max.
I
from control unit)

-CONSULT not connected: Approx. OV
I
Auxiliary electric fan

Fan stopped: Battery voltage
I
78 relay control signal

-
[RB25DE, R B 2 5 D m
-
IFan operating: Approx. 0.2 0.3V
NOTE: Above voltages are measured values obtained analog circuit tester.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
ECM (-TCM) Input/Output Signal Reference
Value (Cont'd)
Terminal Signal name A: idle At approx. 2,000 rpm
No.
Approx. 2V t
CM.TCM, TCS/ABS
tegrated control signal
dultiplex communica-
&DE.m,
B25DETj
attery power supply 3attery voltage

(v)
50
40
30
20 Slightly lower than battery voltage
10
0
ijector drive signal

At idle: &Wry voltage
rariable air intake con- t

:ol solenoid valve con- switch ON: Battery voltage (Solenoid valve At approx. 3,650 rpm and above [RB2ODE (UB)]
rot signal At approx. 3,500 rpm and above [RB25Dq
RB20DE (UB), At idle: Approx. 0.2 - 0.3V (Solenoid valve ON) : Battery voltage (Solenotd valve OFF)
3B25DEI ' .
-urbo pressure control t
iO1enOidvalve Battery voltage (Solenoid valve OFF) [When engine raced suddenly: Approx. 0.3V (Solenoid
iianal valve ON)]
t
Coolant temperature approx. 70°C and above, and
4ir jet swirl sole- Coolant temperature below approx. 70°C: Approx.
0.9V (Solenoid valve ON) driving at approx. 3,300 rpm and above [MTT]
'Oid
Coolant temperature approx. 70°C and above: Battery Coolant temperature approx. 70°C and above, and
RB20DE (VB)] voltage (Solenold valve OFF) driving at approx. 3,000 rpm and above [A/T1
: Approx. 0.9V (Solenoid valve ON)
[RB20DE (UB), RB25DEl
Air conditioner OFF: Battery voltage
Air conditioner ON: Battery voltage Approx. 10V Approx. 9V
(After approx. 15 sec.)
M
30
20
10
0
Zanister purge control (Waveform indicates when air conditioner is ON.)

108 ~alvecontrol signal [RB20DETJ
Air conditioner OFF: Battery voltage
Air conditioner ON: Battery voltage 4 Approx. 1OV Approx. 9V
(After approx. 15 sec.)
I (Waveform indicateswhen air conditioner is ON.)

-
NOTE: tester.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
ECM (.TCM) InputlOutput Signal Reference
Value (Cont'd)
No. I Signal name At idle 7 A t approx. 2,000 rpm

Control unit power sup-
ply (Counter-electromo- Battery voltage
live current feedback
circuit)
1 I
Fuel pump terminal Ignition switch at START: Approx. OV
voltage control output During approx. 30 sec. after engine started with cool- Approx. OV
signal ant temperature 50°C or above: Approx. OV
IRB25DETI At idle: Approx. 1OV
Variable valve timing t
control signal Battery voltage (Solenoid valve OFF) [With driving wheels lifted and gear in D position:
- ,
Approx. 0.45V (Solenoid valve ON)] AT

Approx. 0.3V Approx. 0.3V
(At approx. 2,800 rpm and above: Battery voltage)
1 I I
NOTE: Above voltages are measured values obtained by analogue circuit tester. BR
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
SECTION AT
CONTENTS
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM ....................................................2 Circuit Diagram ........................................................... .8
Component Parts Location..........................................2 Control Unit Input/Output Signal Specifications ....... .I0
Shift Lock Circuit Diagram ...........................................2 Shift Pattern .............................................................. 1 3
Reverse Buzzer Circuit Diagram .................................2 Shift Schedule............................................................ 15
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES ................................................. 3 Basic Inspection........................................................ -16
System Description.................................................... ..3 Line Pressure Test .....................................................16
Fail-safe Function...................................................... ..3 Stall Test ................................................................... 1 7
Shift Mechanism ......................,,.............. ....................5 CONSULT .................................................................. 9
Clutch and Band Chart ................................................6 Self-diagnosis ............................................................23
Component Parts Location.......................................... 7 Symptom Chart. ........................................................ -25
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM

Control device pJ/
I '-#I
Key interlock cable
Park position
Shift Lock Circuit Diagram

I AfT device connector
Brake SW connector
~-
4AT M-AT
6 Park position SW Shift lock solenoid

(2)
- 5
2j nI1
$5 - (6)
IOA /
Brake SW Connectors
Terminal No. in parenthesis is used for M-AT. AfT device

AT01 O57C
Reverse Buzzer Circuit Diagram
# 12
-
#ll PNP SW 36 1
Reverse lamp
29 1
Meter C/U 155
# 28 (with integrated buzzer) ,
4b
551
TK 20 pins (Wh~te)
1 1
l\li
) 2 9
36
[ I
m
TK 24 pins (Brown)
] l ~ a ! ! b - l l 1 l l 1
I i I 1 I I I I ! I
TK 20 pins (Brown)
, &-
AT01 056D
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
System Description
Vehicle with RB20DE and RB25DET engine has TCM integrated into ECM. Vehicle with RB25DE engine has
TCM and ECM separately.
Fail-safe Function
@
When malfunction occurs in each sensor and solenoid, the fail-safe functions below enable vehicle to be
driven.
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 1 (Output shaft speed sensor)
EG
Inputs a signal from vehicle speed sensor in speedometer.
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Detects throttle opening by idle switch and full switch, and controls line pressure as follows.
I 1 I
I
Idle switch Full switch Line pressure Throttle opening
-
I
ON 418 BR
Maximum oil pressure
OFF OFF 218
I I
- - - -
ON I OFF Minimum oil pressure 0/8 ST

PNP SWITCH
When the multiple PNP switch signals are input to TCM and ECM-TCM,the priority of selector lever position
I28
becomes as follows by internal TCM determination.
4AT D, N, R, 2, 1 I%$
M-AT D, N, R, 3, 2
Because the hydraulic circuit of the control valve is switched by manual valve according to the selector lever
position, however, actual operating condition of vehicle becomes as follows. EL
Actual lever position PNP switch input signal Running status
P " P and other position signals P 83
R "R" and other position signals R
I N I "N" and other position signals I N
I I I
- - -- pp - pp - -
4AT D "D" and other position signals Dl*DP*Dd

1 " 2 and other position signals
--
I 21~ 2 2
r " 2 and "1" 21~ 2 2
L I
1 "1" and other position signals l,++l2
P "P" and other position signals P

R "R" and other position signals R
N "N" and other position signals N
M-AT D "D" and other position signals D1t;.D2c*D3
" 3 and other position signals 3, -3,-3-3,
3
"3"and "2" position signals 3, +3, +3,
I 2 1 "2" and other position signals / 214 2

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Fail-safe Function (Cont'd)
SHIFT SOLENOID A, B
When a malfunctioning signal of solenoid is input to TCM and ECM-TCM,the gear is shifted as follows.
Normal Abnormal solenoid A Abnormal solenoid B Abnormal solenoid A/B
Shift positions
A B Gears A B Gears A I
3 Gears A 8 Gears
0 0 1st
- o-+x 03x - - -
--
0:
Solenoid ON X: Solenoid OFF -: Abnormal
LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID

When a malfunctioning signal of solenoid is input to TCM and ECM-TCM,
the line pressure solenoid is turned
OFF, and the line pressure is set to maximum oil pressure.
LOCK-UP SOLENOID
When a malfunctioning signal of solenoid is input to TCM and ECM.TCM, the lock-up solenoid is turned OFF,
and the lock-up is released.
OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID
When a malfunctioningsignal of solenoid is input to TCM and ECM-TCM,the overrun clutch solenoid is turned
OFF, and the overrun clutch is engaged to apply the engine brake during deceleration.
MANUAL MODE SWITCH (M-AT)
When a malfunctioning signal of manual mode switch is input to TCM and ECM.TCM, the gear is controlled
with normal "D" position.
SHIFT CONTROL UNIT (Except RB20DE)
When a malfunction occurs in the shift control unit, the shift solenoid NB are turned OFF, and the gear posi-
tion is controlled with 3rd speed.
TURBINE SENSOR (Except RB20DE)
Controlled by vehicle speed sensor 1 in the same way without turbine sensor
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Shift Mechanism
1 Turbine sensor 1 Overdrive
control
switch
I
tine pressure solenoid

I 1
Shift solenoid B
Full switch
ECM-TCM( A l l side) (RB20DE, RB25DET) or TCM (RB25DE)

-p
ECM.TCM (Engine side) * I

Venrle speed sensor 2
(RB20DE. RB25DET) or O/D OFF
ECM (RB25DE) Shift control unit indicator lamp
, (Except RB20DE)
1 (RB25DET)
POWER ~nd~calor
lamp @AT;
-
Steering shift main switch
( POWER (Except M-AT) ]
1 SNOW I
ATN 1983D
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Clutch and Band Chart
Band servo F/O C U0.C L&R/B

WC
(Reverse
*" FIC (For-
ward
O/C
(Overrun 3rd
-
(Forward (Low one- (Low and
reverse
Remarks
clutch) c'utch) clutch) clutch) 2nd apply 4th apply way
release clutch) clutchl brake)
PARK POSI-
P
TION
REVERSE
R 0 POSITION
NEUTRAL
N POSITION
1st 0 *I@
2nd 0 'I@ 0
.
'4
Automatic shift
-3rd 0 0 '18 '263 0
4th 0 69 *3@ 8 0
1st 0 @
2 Automatic shift
2nd 0 0 0
Ist 0 0
1 . Locked in 1st
2nd 0 0 0
DUAL MATIC M-ATx --
WC (High
FIC (For- fi In Band servo I FI0.C / UOC I L&WB I
(Reverse ward
clutch) clutch) clutch)
PARK POSI-
TION
REVERSE
POSITION
.
NEUTRAL
POSITION
@ 0 . Automatic shift
0 '269 8
- -
-38 8 0
@
G3 0 Automatic shift
1 0
I I Automatic shift
I I I I
I I I
* 1 : O~eratewhen control swil:ch is being set in "OFF position. (D, shift is inhibited.)
'2: oil pressure is applied to both 2nd "apply" side and 3rd "releasenside of band servo piston. However, brake band does not
contract because oil pressure area on the "releasenside is greater than that on the "apply" side.
'3: Oil pressure is applied to 4th "apply" side in condition '2 above, and brake band contracts.
'4: A/T will not shift to 4th when overdrive control switch is set in "OFF position.
0:
Operates.
a:Operates during "progressive" acceleration.
@: Operates but does not affect power transmission.
@: Operates when throttle opening is less than specification, but does not affect engine brake.
f i : O ~ e r a t e swhen throttle opening is less than specification, activating engine brake.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Line pressure
Shift solenoid A
solenoid
Shift solenoid B
Overrun clutch
solenoid
[M-AT (Except TCS)]
Control valve uppe:
Steering switch relay I QlShift control unit

(Except RB20DE) ?
ATN 1985D
AT-?
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Circuit Diagram
1 Data link connector for CONSULT
I I Vehicle speed sensor 1

I I (Output shaft speed sensor)
Turbine sensor
(Exceot RB20DE)
Shifi CRI (M-AT)

65
Steering shifl SW
(M-AT) 10
Steering shift main SW Manual mode SW I
1
Terminal No. in parenthesis ( ) of throttle position sensor and throttle posit~onswitch 1s used for RB25DET.
AT-8
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Circuit Diagram (Cont'd)
Data link connector for C0NS;ILT
Engine speed signal

-
- ,
i?
33
Throttle
~otalcontroi
2&
2
-tp
o
r - s
7 ' '
10
AT mode SW
(2WD)
& '' 19 I E ELM
1 - 1 I I Throttle msition sensor
I I Vehicle speed sensor 1
38 - Turbine sensor
Throttle position SW
2 r
-I 16
L
TO IGN SW I PNPSW
1-4
To starter relay
34
- 27
A
i 26
ID
n I
IGN IOA
I
OFF 1ND.L AT> I T 22 Shift CIU
ATN 1987D
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Control Unit Input/Output Signal Specifications

Refer to EC section ("ECM.TCM or ECM Input/Output Signal
Reference Value").
USING CONSULT
-
Monitor item Indication value Operating status

Throttle position sensor Approx. 0.4 - 4.OV Throttle fully - closed to fully-open
I I
--
AK fluid temperature sensor

-- -
- --- -
Appro~.1.5 - 0.5V -
A/T fluid: Appro~.20 80°C
ON Overdrive control switch: OFF
Lever switch
OFF Overdrive control switch: ON
Line pressure duty 29 - 94% Low pressure - High pressure
Lock-up duty 4 - 94% Lock-up released - Lock-up engaged
USING CIRCUIT TESTER
.-
Terminal
No.' 1 Condition Specifications
Refer to EC section ("ECM-TCMor

5 (39) Engine speed signal
- ECM Input/Output Signal Reference
Value*).
Voltage increases gradually in
Throttle position sensor After engine warm-up, depress accelerator pedal response to throttle position.
signal slowly. Fully-closed throttle : Approx. 0.5V
Fully-open throttle : Approx. 4.2V
Turn ignition switch ON. Battery voltage
24 (I0) Power source
31 (19) Turn ignition switch OFF. Approx. OV
1
-
-
25 (25) Ground Turn ignition switch ON. Approx. OV

32 (48)
28 (I4)
Shift control signal SB1
(Except RB20DE)
- -
Vehicle speed sensor 2
When vehicle is moved at 2 to 3 km/h for more than Voltage varies approx. between OV
29 (40) (vehicle speed signal in
1 m. and 4.5V intermittently.
speedometer)
*: Each number in parenthesis ( ) shows the terminal No. for TCM (RB25DE).
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Control Unit InputlOutput Signal Specifications
Terminal
Operation or measurement condition Specifications
No.'
After engine warm-up, release accelerator pedal. Battery voltage
Idle switch
After engine warm-up, depress accelerator @
(in throttle position switch) Approx. OV
pedal.
PNP switch "1" <Yn>position Selector lever: "1" &?"2 position Battery voltage gz
(c > is used for M-AT.) Selector lever; Exce~t"1" <"2">~osition A ~ ~ r oO
xV.
PNP switch "2" <"33 position Selector lever: 2" <3*>
position Battery voltage
(c > is used for M-AT.) Selector lever: Except "Y4'3'5 position Approx. OV
Selector lever; "Dn position Battery voltage
PNP switch "Dmposition - --
Selector lever: Except "Dmposition Approx. OV RR"

U"
Neutral signal Selector lever: "Nn, "P" position Approx. OV

(PNP switch "N-P" position) Selector lever: Except "N", "Pn position Approx. 4.7V
PNP switch "Rn position

Selector lever: "Rn ~osition . Batterv voltaae ST
I Selector lever: Except "Rn position 1 Approx. OV
Full switch
(in throttle position switch)
II After engine warm-up, depress accelerator pedal
partially. (Throttle opening: More than 50%)
After engine warm-up, release accelerator pedal. I
Battery voltage
Approx. OV
i%
@z!.
- - - - - - - - ---
Sensor ground Turn iqnition switch ON. - I Ao~rox.OV

Throttle position sensor Turn ignition switch ON. Approx. 4.5 - 5.5V
power Turn ignition switch OFF. Approx. OV EL
Shift control signal SB2
(Except RB20DE)
When vehicle cruises at 30 k w h (Inspected in AC posi-

More than approx. 1V 80
Vehicle speed sensor 1 (Voltage increases in
tion)
(Output shaft speed sensor) resDonse to vehicle meed.)
When vehicle parks (Inspected in AC position) Approx. OV
Turbine sensor
(Except RB20DE)
When turbine rotates at approx. 1,000 rpm
I Approx. 0.1 V
rn fluid temperature sensor

5
c
I A / l fluid temperature: Approx. 20°C Approx. 1.5V
A/T fluid temperature: Approx. 80°C Approx. 0.5V

3 ,
V)
AIT mode switch: POWER Battery voltage

A f r mode switch (POWER) .-
.- Y
(Except M-AT) c
a, A/T mode switch: Except POWER Approx. OV
- -- - - ---
-
Shift control signal DB1
(Except RB20DE)
(Except RB20DE)
z
g- 0 Overdrive control switch: ON (Contact: OFF) Battery voltage
Overdrive control switch ..-= c
(Except M-AT) & .&!
- 5 Overdrive control switch: OFF (Contact: ON) Approx. OV

(Except RB20DE)
A/T mode switch (SNOW) A/l mode switch: SNOW Battery voltage
(Except TCS) .z
.-
w
c J = -
A/l mode switch: Except SNOW Appro~.OV
T).g Depress brake pedal. Battery voltage
Stop lamp switch
2 ' Release brake pedal. Approx. OV
CONSULT (RX) signal
CONSULT (TX) signal
*: Each number in parenthesis ( ) shows the terminal No. for TCM (RB25DE).
AT-11
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
(Cont'd)
Terminal
Operation or measurement condition Specifications
No.'
Refer to EC section
Total control signal
("ECM.TCM or ECM Input1
(multiple communication)
Output Signal Reference
(Except RB20DE)
I I
Value").
Power supply (Backup)

ITurn ignition swi?ch ON. - -
I Battery voltage
Turn ignition switch OFF. Battery voltage
After engine wan-up, release accelerator pedal. Approx. 1.5 - 3.OV
5
Line pressure solenoid r After engine warm-up, depress accelerator pedal
Approx. OV
w
After engine warm-up, release accelerator pedal. Approx. 4 - 14V
Line pressure solenoid 0 .
After engine warm-up, depress accelerator pedal
(dropping resistor circuit) Approx. OV
s fullv.
.- When overrun clutch solenoid operates Battery voltage
Overrun clutch solenoid .-> .
5 When overrun clutch solenoid does not operate Approx. OV
When POWER indicator lamp is tumed on (W
mode switch: POWER), or dual matic warn- Approx. OV
POWER indicator lamp (4AT) ing lamp is turned on
Dual rnatic AK waming lamp
When POWER indicator lamp is tumed off (NT
(M-AT)
mode switch:Except POWER), or dual matic A/T Battery voltage
I warning lamp is turned off 1
I When vehicle is locked UD I Approx.
.. 8 - 15V
Lock-up solenoid I
When vehicle is not locked up I Approx. OV

When shift solenoid A operates
Battery voltage
(Driving in 'Dln or "D,")
When shift solenoid A does not operate
Approx. OV
(Driving in "D," or "D,")
I
When shift solenoid B operates

Battery voltage
(Driving in 'Dln or D
' ,")
Shift solenoid B
When shift solenoid B does not operate
Approx. OV
(Driving in "D," or "Dd)
*: Each number parenthesis ( ) shows the terminal No. for TCM (RB25DE ).
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Shift Pattern
RB20DE ENGINE (4AX03 model)
"D" position normal mode (Overdrive control switch: ON)
Vehicle speed kmlh
"D" position POWER mode (Overdrive control switch: ON)
- - ------- Down-shift
Vehicle speed km/h
"D" position SNOW mode (Overdrive control switch: ON\

I -
I
- Kickdown area
-
-
-
Vehicle speed km/h

ATN 1988D
AT-13
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Shift Pattern (Cont'd)
RB25DE ENGINE (4AX01 model)
"D" position normal mode
Vehicle speed krnh

"D" position SNOW mode
Kickdown area 3
------- Down-shift
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180
Vehicle speed krnh
ATN 1 989C
RB25DET ENGINE (4AX00 model)
"D" ~ositionnormal mode
Vehicle speed kmfh

TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Shift Schedule
VEHICLE SPEED WHEN SHIFTING GEARS
RB20DE engine (4AX03 model)
Throttle opening
I Shift pattern
1 Vehicle meed km/h
D14D2 I D2*D3 I D34D4 1 D4-1D3 I D3*D2 I D24D1
Full throttle
Normal 46 - 50 91 - 99 149 159- 144 - 154 86 - 94 41 - 45
Power 46 - 50 91 - 99 149 - 159 144 - 154 86 - 94 41 - 45
Normal 31 - 35 62 - 68 -
101 109 71 - 79 41 - 45 6-10
Half throttle
Power 43 - 47 84 - 90 135 - 143 83 - 91 45 - 51 6 - 10
RB25DE engine (4AX01 model)

I Shift pattern I Vehicle s ~ e e dkm/h
Throttle opening
I I D2-rD3 I DJdD4 I D4*D3 1 D3*02 1 D24D1
Normal 50 - 54 101 - 109 157 - 167 151 - 161 -

96 104 40 44 -
Full throttle
I
Power -
50 54 101 - 109 157 - 167 151 - 161 96 - 104 40 - 44
Normal 32 - 36 61 - 67 104 - 112 80 - 88 37 - 43 6-10
Half throttle
Power 42 - 46 85 - 91 135 - 143 87 - 95 45 - 51 6-10
RB25DET engine (4AX00 model)

Vehicle speed krnlh
Throttle opening Shift pattern
-
D14D2 I D2*D3
-
I D3*D4 I --
D4*D3
- - -
I D3*DZ I D2+D1
-- --
Normal 45 - 49 103 - 111 167 - 177 161 - 171 98 - 106 40 - 44

Full throttle
Power 45 - 49 103 - 111 167 - 177 161 - 171 98 - 106 40 - 44
Half throttle
Normal 31 - 35 -
74 80 111 - 119 63 - 71 32 - 38 6-10
Power 39 - 43 84 - 90 133 141- 98 - 106 50 - 56 6 - 10
VEHICLE SPEED WHEN PERFORMING LOCK-UP

Engine type RB20DE RB25DE RB25DET
Model No. 4AX03 4AX01 4AX00
Closed throttle 31 - 39 34 - 42 -
Lock-up ON km/h
D, Half throttle - - -
speed Closed throttle 23 - 31 25 - 33 59 - 67
Lock-up OFF k m h
Half throttle 101 - 109 104 - 112 121 - 129
Closed throttle 44 - 52 48 - 56 55 - 63
Lock-up ON km/h
D4
Half throttle 120 - 128 118 - 126 128 - 136
speed Closed throttle 35 - 43 38 - 46 52 - 60
Lock-up OFF kmlh
Half throttle 110 - 118 107 - 115 103 - 111
Closed throttle: Throttle opening is 118 or below, and idle switch is turned OFF.
Half throttle: Throttle opening is 418.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Basic Inspection
Arr FLUlD
Check A/T fluid for leakage and fluid level.
Check A/Tfluid status.
SHIFT CONTROL
Check and adjust A/T position.
Line Pressure Test

1. Check engine oil level. If necessary, add oil.
2. Drive vehicle for approximately 10 minutes until A/T fluid
reaches normal operating temperature between 50 and 80°C,
and check A/T fluid level. If necessary, add fluid.
nt When ambient temperature is 20°C, A/T fluid operating tem-
perature usually becomes between 50 and 80°C for approxi-
mately 10 minutes' drive in urban traffic.
\-Test port for "D", "2",
and "1" positions 3. After warming up IW', remove fluid pressure detection plug,
I 'Test port for "I?"position
I and install pressure gauge (Special Service Tool: ST2505
S001) to corresponding line pressure port.
CAUTION:
0 To remove or install the fluid pressure detection plug, use
standard socket wrench (width across flat: 12 mm).
Detection plug should not be reused because thread-lock
compound i s applied to the plug.
4. Set parking brake and block wheels.
5. Start engine and measure line pressure at idle and stall speed.
CAUTION:
When measuring line pressure, depress brake pedal fully.
When measuring line pressure at stall speed, refer to
"Stall Test" (AT-17).
Line pressure specification
ILine pressure MPa (kg/crn2) p -
Engine speed
I "RWposition
"On,'Z", "1" positions (4AT)
"Dm,"3", "2" positions (M-AT)
At idle speed -
0.58 0.62 (5.9 - 6.3) 0.47 - 0.51 (4.8 - 5.2)
At stall speed -
1.71 1.78 (17.4 - 18.2) 1.22 - 1.29 (12.4 - 13.2)
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Line Pressure Test (Cont'd)
JUDGEMENT OF LINE PRESSURE TEST
Judgement Possible causes
Pressure supply system malfunction or low oil pump output
Examples:
0 Oil pump wear
Line pressure is low in all Control piston damage

positions. Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking, and weak spring
Fluid pressure leakage between oil strainer and pressure regulator valve through oil Eg
Pump
Low idle speed
At idle Line pressure is low in par- After line pressure is supplied from manual valve, fluid pressure may leak between devices
speed ticular position. or circuits of corresponding position. 1
Malfunctions of sensors or pressure regulation function. E
l
Examples:
Misadjustment of throttle position sensor
Line pressure is high.
PJT fluid temperature sensor damaged ST
Poor operation of line pressure solenoid (stuck with OFF status, clogged filter, or open
harness)
Pressure modifier valve sticking F%
Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking
Malfunctions of sensors or pressure regulation function EILA
Examples:
Line pressure increase is
poorer than that measured at
TCM, ECM.TCM damaged la
Poor operation of line pressure solenoid (stuck or shorted with ON status)
idle speed.
Pressure regulator valve and plug sticking
Pressure modifier valve sticking sf$
Pilot valve sticking and pilot filter clogged
At stall Malfunctions of pressure supply system, sensors, or pressure regulation function
speed Examples:
Line pressure increases but Control piston damage
does not reach specification. Poor operation of line pressure solenoid, and filter sticking or clogged
Pressure regulator valve and plug sticking
Pressure modifier valve sticking
Pilot valve sticking and pilot filter clogged
Line pressure is low in par- After line pressure is supplied from manual valve, fluid pressure may leak between devices
ticular position. or circuits of corresponding position.
Stall Test
1. Check engine oil level. If necessary, add oil.
2. Drive vehicle for approximately 10 minutes until A/T fluid
reaches normal operating temperature between 50 and 80°C,
and check A/T fluid level. If necessary, add AfT fluid.
When ambient temperature is 20°C, A/T fluid operating tem-
perature usually becomes between 50 and 80°C for approxi-
mately 10 minutes' drive in urban traffic.
3. Set parking brake and block wheels.
4. Statt engine, depress brake pedal, and move selector lever to
"D" position.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Stall Test (Cont'd)
5. Depress accelerator pedal gradually while depressing brake
pedal.
6. Read stall speed quickly, and immediately release accelerator
pedal.
CAUTION:
Do not depress accelerator pedal for more than 5 seconds
when testing.
7. Move selector lever to "N" position.
8. Cool down fluid.
CAUTION:
Run engine at idle for at least one minute.
Specification:
RB20DE 2,300 2,500 rpm -
RB25DE 2,350 2,550 rpm -
RB25DET 2,920 3,170 rpm -
JUDGEMENT OF STALL SPEED
7 Lever position
Possible causes
Forward clutch
Forward one-way clutch
Low one-way clutch
7-
Low & reverse brake

0 0 0
Reverse clutch
I
Engine and torque converter one-way clutch

Stall Line pressure circuit (line pressure drop), forward clutch, low one-way clutch
speed and forward one-way clutch
status Line pressure circuit (line pressure drop), reverse clutch and forward clutch
Forward clutch, low one-way clutch, forward one-way clutch, reverse clutch
and forward clutch
Line pressure circuit (line pressure drop), forward clutch, low one-way clutch,
forward one-way clutch, reverse clutch and forward clutch
Clutches and brake are normal except high clutch, brake band, and overrun
0 0 0 0 clutch. (However, status of high clutch, brake band, and overrun clutch canncIt
be confirmed by stall test.)
0: Within stall speed specification
H: Higher than stall speed specification
L: Lower than stall speed specification
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
DESCRIPTION
CONSULT indicates operation timing of each solenoid such as electrical shift timing and lock-up timing.
Therefore, when there is a definite difference between shift timing detected from shift shock (or engine
speed variation) and the one indicated by CONSULT, mechanical parts other than solenoids and sensors
(including hydraulic circuit) may be malfunctioning. In this case, check the mechanical parts using appli-
cable diagnostic procedures.
Shift schedule (which implies gear position) displayed on CONSULT and that indicated in Service Manual
may differ slightly. This occurs because of the following reasons:
Actual shift schedule has more or less tolerance or allowance.
Shift schedule indicated in Service Manual refers to the point where shifts start, and gear position dis-
played on CONSULT indicates the point where shifts are completed.
Shift solenoid valve A or B (ON/OFF) is displayed on CONSULT at the start of shifting. Gear position
is displayed upon completion of shifting (which is computed by TCM).
To make sure the part No. of ECM-TCMon CONSULT, touch "ENGINE" to verify "C/U PART NUMBER".
SELF-DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Refer to "CONSULT Instruction Manual - Supplement" in details.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect CONSULT connector to data link connector.
3. Start engine.
4. Touch "START', "NT and "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" sequen-
tially on CONSULT screen.
5. Self-diagnosis results are displayed on the screen.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
CONSULT (Cont'd)
Diagnostic item 1 Diagnostic item is detected when...
- -- -
Inspection item
I TCM does not receive vehicle speed sensor 1 signal due to
open circuit, etc.
VHCL SPEED SEN.A/T TCM receives improper signal during driving. Vehicle speed sensor 1 circuit
After ignition switch is turned ON, vehicle speed sensor 2
receives improper signal until vehicle starts to run.
TCM does not receive vehicle speed sensor 2 signal due to
VHCL SPEED SEN.MTR open circuit, etc. Vehicle speed sensor 2 circuit
TCM receives improper signal during driving.
TCM detects folfowing conditions during driving (Except N and P
positions).
THROTTLE POSl SEN 0 Excessively high throttle position sensor signal voltage Throttle position sensor circuit
Excessive1 low throttle position sensor signal voltage with idle
switch OF; or full switch ON
SHIFT SOLENOIDN A Shift solenoid A circuit
SHIFT SOLENOIDN B Shift solenoid B circuit
OVERRUN CLUTCH SN Specified voltage is not applied to solenoid due to open and/or Overrun clutch solenoid circuit
short circuit.
TIC CLUTCH S O W I Lock-up solenoid circuit
LINE PRESSURE S N I Line pressure solenoid circuit
0 Excessively low supply voltage to TCM during driving
Excessively high si nal voltage of AIT fluid temperature sensor fluid temperature sensor circuit,
BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN
(excessively low d fluid temperature) during driving
This message is displayed only when malfunction occurs
TCM power supply circuit, or
throttle position sensor power sup-
with ignition switch ON, and does not have memory func- ply circuit
tion.
ENGINE SPEED SIG I Excessively low engine speed during driving Engine speed signal circuit
TCM does not receive input shaft speed sensor signal due to
TURBINE SENSOR open circuit, etc. Turbine sensor circuit
(Except RB20DE) 0 TCM receives improper signal during driving.
SHIFT SOLENOIDN C 0 TCM does not receive shift solenoid A pressure detection switch Shift solenoid A pressure detection
(Except RB20DE) signal due to open andfor short circuit. switch circuit
MANUAL MODE SW TCM does not receive proper manual mode switch signal due to Manual mode switch circuit
(Except RB20DE) open and/or short circuit.
ENGINE BRAKE C/U'1 Shift control unit does not operate properly due to open and/or Each signal wire circuit connected
short circuit of each input/output signal wire. to shift control unit
(Except RB20DE) Malfunction occurs in shift control unit.
'INITIAL START* Power supply to TCM is shut down, and self-diagnostic memory
function is canceled due to battery removal, etc.
CONTROL UNIT (RAM) I Malfunction is detected in TCM memory (RAM) function.
CONTROL UNIT (ROM) I Malfunction is detected in TCM memory (ROM) function.
'1 : Indicates shift control unit.
DATA MONITOR PROCEDURE

Refer to "CONSULT Instruction Manual - Supplement" and "CON-
SULT Service Manual - Supplement" in details.
2. Connect CONSULT connector to data link connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Touch "START', ' ' A T and "DATA MONITOR" sequentially on
CONSULT screen.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
CONSULT (Cont'd)
DATA MONITOR MODE (M)
1 I Monitor item
Item Display ECU Description Remarks
Main
input
signals
I-
signals
Vehicle speed sensor 1 ( A l l ) VHCUS SE.A'T Vehicle speed computed from When racing engine in "Nn or "P"
(Revolution sensor) [kmlh] or [mph] - signal of revolution sensor is
displayed.
position with vehicle stationary,
CONSULT data may not indicate
0 kmlh (0 mph).
Vehicle speed sensor 2 VHCUS SE,MTR Vehicle speed computed from Vehicle speed display may not be
(Meter) [kmk] or [rnph] signal of vehicle speed sensor accurate under approx. 10 kmlh
is displayed. (6 mph). It may not indicate 0
kmlh (0mph) when vehicle is sta-
tionary.
Throttle position sensor ITHRTLPOS SEN I ,
A
Throttle position sensor signal
PI voltage is displayed.
AT fluid temperature sensor FLUID TEMP SE AlT fluid temperature sensor
signal voltage is displayed.
Signal voltage lowers as fluid
temperature rises.
Battery voltage Source voltage of TCM is dis-
played.
Engine speed ENGINE SPEED Engine speed, computed from Engine speed display may not be
[rpml engine speed signal, is dis- accurate under approx. 800 rpm.
played. It may not indicate 0 rpm even
when engine is not running.
I
Turbine revolution sensor TURBINE REV Turbine revolution computed Error may occur under approx.
[rpml from signal of turbine revolution 800 rpm and will not indicate 0
sensor is displayed. rpm even if engine is not running.
I
Overdrive control switch OVERDRIVE SW ONIOFF state computed from
[ONIOFFJ signal of overdrive control SW
is displayed.
PIN position switch PIN POSI SW ONIOFF state computed from
[ONlOFF] signal of PIN position SW is
displayed.
I
R position switch R POSITION SW ONIOFF state computed from
[OWOFF] signal of R position SW is dis-
1
played.
D position switch D POSITION SW ONIOFF state computed from
[ON/OFF] X signal of D position SW is dis-
played.
I
2 position switch 2 POSITION SW ONIOFF status, computed from
[ONIOFF] signal of 2 position SW, is dis-
played.
I
1 position switch 1 POSITION SW
[ONIOFF] signal of 1 position SW, is dis-
ASCD cruise signal ASCD.CRUISE

[ONIOFF] displayed. ASCD is mounted.
X
ON ... Cruising state
OFF ... Normal running state
ASCD OD cut signal ASCD.OD CUT Status of ASCD OD release This is displayed even when no
[ONIOFF] signal is displayed. ASCD is mounted.
ON ... OD released
OFF ... OD not released
Kickdown switch KICKDOWN SW ONIOFF status, computed from This is displayed even when no
[ONIOFq X . signal of kickdown SW, is dis- kickdown switch is equipped.
played.
A/T mode switch POWERSHIFT SW ONIOFF status, computed from
[ONIOFF] X signal of HOLD shift SW, is dis-
t
played.
Closed throttle position switch , CLOSED THUSW ONIOFF status, computed from
[ONIOFF] signal of closed throttle position
SW, is displayed.
Wide open throttle position switch WIO THRUP-SW ONIOFF status, computed from
[ONIOFq signal of wide open throttle
position SW, is displayed.
TROUBLE
CONSU (Cont'd)
I Monitor item
Display Main Description Remarks
input
signals
signals
Shift solenoid A SHlFT S N A - Indicates check signal (reen-
trant signal) status for TCM
Shift solenoid B control signal output. ONIOFF
[ONIOFF] status of shift solenoid is not
changed when thermal insula-
Overrun clutch solenoid OVRRUNIC S N - tion or short-circuit occurs in
[ONOFF] these valves.
Overrun clutch solenoid 2 (Excep OVRRUN/C SN2
[ONIOFF]
-
RB20DE)
HOLD!SNOW switch HOLD SW
X
-
A/T mode switch SNOW mode
[ONIOFFI 1
Manual mode switch (Except MANU MODE SW Gate side contact in mznual
RB20DE) [ONIOFFJ mode switch -
Non-manual mode switch (Excepi NONM MODESW Non-gate side contact in

RB20DE) [ONIOFF] manual mode switch
UP switch (Except RB20DE) UP SW UP (+) side contact in manual
X
[ONOFF] mode switch
DOWN switch (Except RB20DE) DOWN SW DOWN (-) side contact in
X
[ON/OFFl manual mode switch
Non-shift switch (Except NON SHlFT SW
[ONlOFF]
-
RB20DE) I
Brake switch
-- -
Shift solenoid valve A (P switch)

BRAKE SW
[OWOFF]
SHlFT S N A
I Stop lamp switch
Shift solenoid A pressure detec-

(Except RB20DE) tion switch
Gear position Gear position data used for
computation by TCM, is dis-
played.
---- - -
I
Selector lever position SLCT LVR POSl Selector lever position data, A specific value used for control
used for computation by TCM, is displayed if fail-safe is acti-
- is displayed. vated due to error.
I
Vehicle speed VEHICLE SPEED Vehicle speed data, used for
[kmlh] or [mph] computation by TCM, is dis-
- played.
Throttle position THROTTLE POSl Throttle position data, used for A specific value used for control
computation by TCM, is dis- is displayed if fail-safe is acti-
played. - -
vated due to error.
Line pressure duty LINE PRES DTY I Control value of line pressure
solenoid valve, computed by
TCM from each input signal, is
displayed.
--
Torque converter clutch soienoid TCC S N DUTY I Control value of torque con-
valve duty verter clutch solenoid valve,
computed by TCM from each
input signal, is displayed.
Shift solenoid valve A .-control value of shift solenoid Control value of solenoid is dis-
valve A, computed by TCM played even if solenoid circuit is
from each input - is dis-
. signal, disconnected.
played. The "OFF signal is displayed if
SHIFT S N B I Control value of shift solenoid solenoid circuit is shorted.
Shift solenoid valve El
valve 6, computed by TCM
from each input signal, is dis-
I
played.
Overrun clutch solenoid valve OVERRUNIC S N I Control value of overrun clutch
solenoid valve computed by
TCM from each input signal is
displayed.
Power shift lamp >OWER SFT LMP D Control status of TCM power
shift lamp
-- -
Voltage
-
Pulse
X: Applicable
-: Not applicable
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Self-diagnosis
DESCRIPTION
If malfunction should occur in electrical systems, turning ignition switch ON lights M mode switch POWER
indicator lamp (M-AT Dual matic AfT warning lamp) for 2 seconds, and then flashes the indicator lamp for 8 Gc
seconds. If malfunction does not occur, A/T mode switch POWER indicator lamp (M-AT Dual matic A/T warn-
ing lamp) is turned on for 2 seconds upon turning ignition switch ON. To locate and display the malfunction-
ing part, output the trouble information memory and flash A/T mode switch POWER indicator lamp (M-AT Dual
matic A/T warning lamp) by inputting self-diagnostic startup signal.
1. Warm up engine.
2. Repeat ON-OFF cycles of ignition switch for more than once, and turn it OFF at last.
3. Move A/T mode switch to AUTO, and turn overdrive control switch to O/D ON.
4. Turn ignition switch ON with selector lever in "Pn position, and ensure POWER indicator lamp is turned on
for 2 seconds.
6. Move selector lever to "D" position.
7. Turn overdrive control switch O/D OFF.
9. Move selector lever to "2" position.
10. Turn overdrive control switch OID ON.
11. Move selector lever to "I" position.
12. Turn overdrive control switch O/D OFF.
13. Depress accelerator pedal fully, and release it.
14. Read flashing status of POWER indicator lamp to complete self-diagnosis procedures.
M-AT
1. Warm up engine.
2. Repeat ON-OFF cycles of ignition switch for more than once, and turn it OFF at last.
3. Turn ignition switch ON with selector lever in "P" position, and ensure dual matic PJT warning lamp is turned
on for 2 seconds.
5. Depress brake pedal, release accelerator pedal, and then move selector lever to "D" position.
7. Release brake pedal, and move selector lever to "3" position.
8. While depressing brake pedal with left foot, depress accelerator pedal fully with right foot, and move
selector lever to "2" position.
9. Read dual matic A/T warning lamp indication to complete self-diagnosis procedures.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
\\ I1 // \\ 11 //
POWER INDICATOR LAMP OR DUAL MATIC A/T
=-I= or =mj= WARNING LAMP INDICATION
// 11 \\ // 11 \\
1, = 2.5 sec. ,t = 2.0 sec. ,t = 1.0 sec. If malfunction occurs in electrical system, indicator lamp stays on
longer at corresponding circuit.
RB20DE Flashing Malfunctioning unit and circuit
10 judgement flashes. order RB20DE Except RB20DE
Stan signal Malfunctioning unit and circuit
I
1 Vehicle speed sensor 1
2 Vehicle speed sensor 2
3 Throttle position sensor
4 Shift solenoid A
5 Shift solenoid B
Except RBPODE
13 judgement flashes. t5 1 Overrun clutch solenoid
signal Malfunctioning unit and circuit
I 7 1 Lock-up solenoid
9
I1 W fluid temperature sensor, TCM power supply, or throttle posi-
tion sensor power supply
Engine speed signal
10 1 Line pressure solenoid I Turbine sensor
I - I Line pressure solenoid
12 1 -
-
- -
I Total control signal
13 - Shift control unit
PNP switch, idle switch/full switch
No flashes
Overdrive control switch Stop lamp switch
When indicator lamp repeats flashing in 4 Hz, the following malfunctions
may exist: (Insufficient memory backup powerflCM repiacement1Battery
has been disconnected for prolonged periodllow battery power)

To facilitate cause investigation of malfunction that is less likely to
reappear, the TCM always stores self-diagnostic results during cus-
tomer operation. This memory cannot be erased even if ignition
switch is turned ON and OFF repeatedly. To erase the seif-diag-
nostic results, turn ignition switch OFF after self-diagnosis has
been performed, or use "ERASE" function of CONSULT.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Symptom Chart
Sharp shock in Engine brake
Malfunctions Slip (Racing)
hifting applied
.-
Shifting Shifting erator pedal Shifting
inspection item
Fluid level and status

Control linkage
PNP switch (short/open circuit)
Throttle ~ositionsensor (installed)
I Vehicle weed sensor
I Enaine meed sensor
A/T fluid temperature sensor
Engine idle speed
Line Dressure
Control valve assembly
Shift solenoid A
Shift solenoid B
Line pressure solenoid
Lock-up solenoid
Overrun clutch solenoid
Accumulator N-D
Accumulator 1-2
Accumulator 2-3
Accumulator 3-4 (N-R)
Ignition coil and starter motor
Overdrive control switch
I AfT mode switch (AUTO)
Torque converter
1 Oil pump
I Reverse clutch
I High clutch
I Forward clutch
I Forward one-wav clutch
I Overrun ciutch
1 Low one-wav clutch
I Low reverse brake
Brake.band (including servo)
Parking linkage
Symptom Chart (Cont'd)
Greater
Malfunctions I No shifting
I Shifting noise
-
(I)
C
.-
0
.-
c .
(I)
0
a
-CU
Inspection item n
-
Fluid level and status 1 1 1
Control linkage
PNP switch (shortlopen circuit)
Throttle position sensor (installed) 2 2
Vehicle speed sensor
I Engine speed sensor
-
-T
o 1 Control valve assembly

L
.- - --
Shift solenoid A 4 3
. ' Shift solenoid 6 I 1
4
cut
--,
.-
-t
Line pressure solenoid 5
Lock-up solenoid
?
6 Overrun clutch solenoid 3
Accumulator N-D
1 Accumulator 1-2 I 1-
Accumulator 2-3
Ignition coil and starter motor
I Overdrive control switch I 1-
A/T mode switch (AUTO)
A/T mode switch (POWER) I
I A i l mode switch (SNOW) -
I
I Torque converter I I
1 Oil pump I --
I - -
0 - Reverse clutch
'g
a4
High clutch 6
%IForward clutch I I
.--
-a Forward one-way clutch
$
a,
Overrun clutch 8
Low one-way clutch
O Low reverse brake 7
Brake band (including servo) 7
Parking linkage
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Malfunctions
B-
vj
; 2
.
L
2
t
.-
0 -
c
.-0
.-
V)
t o
=?
-a 0,
-a, 0
n 2 5.j
2.z
8 c
0
([I
L
Q
7J
C
-z
2
&
a0
0-
0
0 ([I
5 -a
-
0 g E
Q
& t V) V)o +-
([I
.-
C C 02
0
a,
a, r
([I
.s
5
nu
ng
a
a,
2
Q c.
V) V) % - ( [ I 0
c. C O c.
5 0
C .-c --t
V) a
0
C
.-E
X
V)
a
V)
r aa V)
a, -xi
i!
0
7J
([I
z gz 0
u
([I
C
V)
0, a, a- -
a, a,
s
L
a .-
C c 50 0 .-C
Inspection item 0 -6 2 cn
C C
- 6 $2 8
zl
I I I -
-I W
- W
Fluid level and status I I -
1
- -
1
Control linkage 2 2 1 1
- - -
PNP switch (shortfopen circuit) 1 2
I I I - -
3 2 -
Throttle position sensor (installed) 1 1 1 2 1 3
- -
Vehicle speed sensor 2 1 4
-
Engine speed sensor
L
-
- -
AIT fluid temperature sensor
- - -
Engine idle weed
- -
Line pressure 2
- - -
Control valve assembly 5 3
- -
Shift solenoid A 3 3
-
3 -
Shift solenoid B 4 4 4
- -
Line pressure solenoid
- -
Lock-up solenoid
- -
Overrun clutch solenoid
u I I I
-
- -
Accumulator N-D I
I
I 1 -
Accumulator 1-2
- - -
Accumulator 2-3 I - I
-
- - I
-
Ignition coil and starter motor 1
- - -
Overdrive control switch
- -
- - -
-
g
I
- i
Torque converter I1
-
0
-
Reverse clutch 6
.-tg -
High clutch
-
7 -
2 Forward clutch
- - 4
-
.-
C
-a. Forward one-way clutch - -
$0, Overrun clutch 8 - -
? Low one-way clutch
3= - -
O Low reverse brake 9 9
- -
Brake band (including servo) 8
- -
Parking linkage
- - -
BRAKE SYSTEM
SECTION BR
CONTENTS
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM ........................................ 2 Component Parts Location ........................................19
Fail-safe Function........................................................2 Circuit Diagram .......................................................... 20
System Diagram .......................................................... 2 Control Unit InpuVOutput Signal Specifications ........21
Circuit Diagram ............................................................ 3 Precautions for Trouble Diagnosis ............................26
Component Parts Location .......................................... 4 Basic Inspection........................................................-26
Control Unit Input/Output Signal Specifications..........5 CONSULT for TCS/ABS Control Unit Control
Precautions for Trouble Diagnosis ..............................7 System ......................................................................-27
Basic Inspection...........................................................7 Self-diagnosis for TCSfABS Control Unit Control
CONSULT ....................................................................8 System ......................................................................-34
Self-diagnosis ...........................................................-14 CONSULT for Throttle Control Unit Control
TCSIABS SYSTEM ........................................................ 17
System ......................................................................-37
System Description.................................. ..................17
Self-diagnosis for Throttle Control Unit Control
System Diagram ........................................................ 18
System ......................................................................-41
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
Fail-safe Function
If any malfunction is detected in the system, the ABS warning lamp
in the instrument panel is turned on with the ABS deactivated and
the vehicle's brake system reverts to normal operation.
System Diagram
ABS control uni: Actuator
- 1 I
Front right inlet solenoid valve
Front right outlet solenold valve
Front lett rnlet solenoid vJve

Front lefl wheel sensor
Front left cutlet solenoid valve
r i
Rear wheel Sensor

Contrd circuit
Rear inlet solenold valve
I
Rear outlet solenoid valve
-A Motor (motor relay)
Faii-safe circuit
-- Actuator relay
TrO~blediagnos~s
circuit ABS warning lamp
' Data ltnk connector
L
for CONSULT
Circuit Diagram
To combination meter
I
Stop lamp SW
I ABS wamlng lamp
stop lamp 9
i
Motor relay .
FIL - 8
30A
FL
I 1 1 : Actuator relay I
Wheel
sensor
connector
i & FR ABS CIU
Rea FR OUT S N
fm
1 "8-
Rear OUT S N
Rear IN S N
To data link connector for CONSULT RX 12 27 10
ABS actuator :
ABS actuator connector
-
ABS C N connector
Booster /'
Master
ear wheel sensor
@ ABS control unit
Front right wheel sensor

a ABS actuator
Front left wheel sens& -/
LH side of engine compartment

dR/Y A
.. .
Front right wheel sensor connector
!aIn the instrument panel on

ABS control unit connector


To perform the following inspection, the ignition switch should be
turned ON with ABS control unit connector and actuator connector
properly connected.
Terminal No.
Item Specifications*l
Control unit power

Battery Ignition switch ON: Battery voltage (Approx. 12V) supply circuit ST
Brake pedal is depressed: Battery voltage (Approx. 12V) Stop lamp switch
Stop lamp signal
Brake pedal is not depressed: Less than approx. 2V and circuit
ABS motor is running R8
ABS motor, motor
ABS motor relay (in CONSULT active test mode): Less than approx. 2V
relay and circuit
ABS motor is stopped: Battery voltage (Approx. 12V)
Actuator relay is activated (with engine running): Less than approx. 2V
ABS actuator relay
Actuator relay Actuator relay is not activated (with fail-safe function activated and engine
and circuit
not running): Battery voltage (Approx. 12V) pL
Actuator relay is activated (with engine running): Battery voltage (Approx. ABS warning lamp
Actuator relay 12V) and circuit, ABS
monitor Actuator relay is not activated (with fail-safe function activated and engine actuator relay SD
not running): Approx. OV monitor circuit
Front right inlet Actuator is activated (in CONSULT active test mode), or actuator relay is
solenoid not activated (with fail-safe function activated and engine not running):
ABS solenoid and
Rear inlet solenoid Approx. OV
circuit
Front leftinlet Actuator is not activated and actuator relay is activated (with vehicle
solenoid stopped and engine running): Battery voltage (Approx. 12V)
ABS motor is running (in CONSULT active test mode): Battery voltage
ABS motor monitor
ABS motor monitor (Approx. 12V)
circuit
ABS motor is stopped (with ignition switch ON): Approx. OV
ABS warning lamp ON'2: Approx. OV ABS warning lamp
ABS warning lamp
ABS warning lamp OFF'2: Battery voltage (Approx. 12V) and circuit
Front right wheel
sensor Wheels are turning (Approx. 30 krn/h)*3: Pulse generates.
Wheel sensors
Front: Approx. 200 Hz
and circuit
sensor Rear: Approx. 400 Hz
Front right outlet

Actuator is activated (in CONSULT active test mode), or actuator relay is
not activated (with fail-safe function activated and engine not running):
Rear outlet sole- ABS solenoid and
Approx. OV
circuit
I lUlU
/ Actuator is not activated and actuator relay is activated (with vehicle
Front left Outlet stopped and engine running): Battery voltage (Approx. 12V)
solenoid
I
1
' :e to tooen a connector terminal when using a circuit tester for inspection.
'2: ABS warning lamp ON: When the ignition switch is turned ON (before starting the engine) or a malfunction is detected
ABS warning lamp OFF: One second after the ignition switch is turned ON (with the system in normal condition)
*3: Tire pressure must be in accordance with specification.
Control Unit InputfOutput Signal Specifications
(Cont'd)
USING CONSULT
Indicated are the control unit computed data. If the output circuit (harness) should be open or short-
circuited, correct values may be displayed.
Data monitor
Display Monitor item Check item (Reference)
Condition Specifications
FR RH SENSOR
Vehicle is stationary. I0 k d h
Wheel speed Virtually the same speed Wheel sensor and circuit
FR LH SENSOR
Vehicle is drivem'l as speedometer (within
RR SENSOR [kdh]
+ 0%)
I
Brake pedal is
STOP LAMP SW depressed. Stop lamp switch and
Brake pedal status
[ON-OFF] Brake pedal is not circuit
OFF
depressed.
-- --
Actuator (solenoid) is
activated (at CONSULT
FR RH IN SOL
active test),
FR LH IN SOL
or actuator relay is not
REAR IN SOL
activated (with fail-safe
[ON-OFF]
function activated and
Solenoid status engine not running). ABS solenoid and circuit
-- -- - -- -
Actuator (solenoid) is not

FR RH OUT SOL
activated and actuator
FR LH OUT SOL
relay is activated (with OFF
REAR OUT SOL
vehicle stopped and
[ON-OFF]
engine running).
Actuator relay is acti-
vated (with engine run- ON
ning).
ACTUATOR RLY ABS actuator relay and
Actuator relay status Actuator relay is not acti-
[ON-OFF] circuit
vated (with fail-safe
OFF
engine not running).
Motor relay and motor
are activated (at CON-
MOTOR RLY Motor relay and motor SULT active test). ABS motor, motor relay,
[ON-OFF] status and circuit
OFF
are not activated.
1 ON
--
WARNING LAMP ABS warning lamp sta- Waming lamp ON'2 ABS warning lamp and
1 OFF
- - -
[ON-OFF] tus Warning lamp OFF'2 circuit

--
Power supply voltage Control unit power sup-

BAlTERY VOLT [V] Ignition switch ON
provided for control unit ply circuit
'1: Tire pressure must be in accordance with specification.

"2: ABS warning lamp ON: When the ignition switch is turned ON (before starting the engine) or a malfunction is detected
ABS warning lamp OFF: One second after the ignition switch is turned ON (with the system in normal condition)
Precautions for Trouble Diagnosis

After performing trouble diagnosis, be sure to erase trouble stored in memory. Refer to "CONSULT' (next
page) or "SELF-DIAGNOSIS" (BR-15).
As for the concerns that are difficult to duplicate, move harnesses or harness connectors by hand to check
if there is any poor mating of connector halves or faulty connection.
Do not force to open a connector terminal when using a circuit tester for inspection.
Read GI section thoroughly in advance and make sure of all the general precautions.
Basic Inspection
BASIC INSPECTION 1 - Brake fluid level and leakage AT
1. Check brake fluid level in reservoir tank. Replenish brake fluid if necessary.
2. Check for leakage at or around brake piping and ABS actuator. If leakage or seepage is noted, proceed
as follows:
If ABS actuator connectors are loose, tighten to specified torque. Recheck to ensure that leakage is no
longer present.
If flare nut threads at piping connectors or actuator threads are damaged, replace faulty parts with new 87
ones. Recheck to ensure that leakage is no longer present.
If brake fluid leaks through areas other than actuator connectors, wipe off using a clean cloth. Recheck
for leakage or seepage. If necessary, replace faulty parts with new ones. R8
If brake fluid leaks at or seeps through ABS actuator, wipe off using a clean cloth. Recheck for leakage
or seepage. If necessary, replace ABS actuator with new one.
CAUTION: HA
ABS actuator cannot be disassembled. Do not attempt to disassemble it.
BASIC INSPECTION 2 - Loose power line terminal

Check battery terminals (positive and negative) and battery mounting (ground) for looseness.
BASIC INSPECTION 3 - ABS warning lamp

1. Turn ignition switch "ON" to ensure that ABS warning lamp lights up for approximately 1 second. If ABS
warning lamp does not light, check ABS warning lamp circuit.
2. After driving vehicle at approx. 30 km/h for approx. 1 minute, check to ensure that ABS warning lamp
remains off. If ABS warning lamp lights, perform self-diagnosis procedures.
3. After performing self-diagnosis procedures, be sure to erase trouble stored in memory.
CONSULT
CONTROL UNIT PART NUMBER
The part number that is shown on the control unit label and CON-
SULT 47850 AAOOO
-
Coliect information on the concern from the customer, and then
perform basic inspections.
Turn ignition switch OFF and connect CONSULT connector to
data link connector for CONSULT on the vehicle.
Start engine and drive vehicle at approx. 30 km/b for approx.
1 minute.
Stop vehicle and touch "START", "ABS" and "SELF-DIAG
RESULTS" sequentially on the CONSULT screen with engine
running.
If "START" is touched immediately after engine is started
or ignition switch is turned on, "ABS" may not be dis-
played on "SELECT SYSTEM" screen. To display "ABS",
repeat the self-diagnosis procedure from the beginning.
Self-diagnosis results are displayed on the screen. (Touch
"PRINT" to print out the self-diagnosis results, if necessary.)
If "NO FAIL" is displayed, inspect ABS warning lamp. Refer to
the previous page.
Perform appropriate inspection from the self-diagnostic results
mode and repair or replace faulty parts.
Start engine and drive vehicle at approx. 30 km/b for approx.
1 minute.
Recheck to ensure that there is no other malfunction.
Turn ignition switch OFF to prepare for erasing the trouble
stored in memory.
Start engine and touch "START", "ABS", "SELF-DIAG
RESULTS" and "ERASE" sequentially on the CONSULT
screen to erase the trouble stored in memory.
If the trouble stored in memory is not erased, repeat step
6.
10. Drive vehicle at approx. 30 km/h for approx. 1 minute and then
confirm that ABS warning lamp is off.
CONSULT (Cont'd)
Diagnostic item I Diagnostic item is detected when ... I Check item
FR RH SENSOR Circuit for front right wheel sensor is open. Or an abnormally high input voltage is
[OPEN] entered due to short to battery.
- -- -- - - - ---
FR LH SENSOR
[OPEN]
Circuit for front left wheel sensor is open. Or an abnormally high input voltage is entered
due to short to battery. 1
REAR SENSOR
[OPEN]
Circuit for rear wheel sensor is open. Or an abnormally high input voltage is entered due
to short to battery. 1 Wheel sen-
Front right wheel sensor is short-circuited or shorted to ground, or gap between the
FR RH SENSOR sor and cir-
wheel sensor and the sensor rotor is large. An abnormally low input voltage is entered
[SHORTJ'I , '2 cuit
and input signal is abnormal.
Front left wheel sensor is short-circuited or shorted to ground, or gap between the wheel
FR LH SENSOR
sensor and the sensor rotor is large. An abnormally low input voltage is entered and
[SHORT]
input signal is abnormal.
Rear wheel sensor is short-circuited or shorted to ground, or gap between the wheel
REAR SENSOR
[SHORT 11'1, '2
FR RH IN ABS SOL Circuit for front right inlet solenoid valve is open, or an output voltage is much lower than
[OPEN] the specified value due to short to ground.
FR LH IN ABS SOL Circuit for front left inlet solenoid valve is open, or an output voltage is much lower than
REAR IN ABS SOL Circuit for rear inlet solenoid valve is open, or an output voltage is much lower than the
[OPEN] specified value due to short to ground.
FR RH IN ABS SOL Circuit for front right inlet solenoid valve is shorted, or an output voltage is much higher
[SHORT] than the specified value due to short to battery.
FR LH IN ABS SOL Circuit for front left inlet solenoid valve is shorted, or an output voltage is much higher
REAR IN ABS SOL Circuit for rear inlet solenoid valve is shorted, or an output voltage is much higher than
[SHORTJ the specified value due to short to battery. ABS sole-
noid and cir-
FR RH OUT ABS SOL Circuit for front right outlet solenoid valve is open, or an output voltage is much lower cuit
[OPEN] than the specified value due to short to ground.
FR LH OUT ABS SOL Circuit for front left outlet solenoid valve is open, or an output voltage is much lower than
REAR OUT ABS SOL Circuit for rear outlet solenoid valve is open, or an output voltage is much lower than the
[SHORT] specified value due to short to ground.
FR RH OUT ABS SOL Circuit for front right outlet solenoid valve is shorted, or an output voltage is much higher
FR LH OUT ABS SOL Circuit for front left outlet solenoid valve is shorted, or an output voltage is much higher
- -- -- --
R W R OUT ABS SOL Circuit for rear outlet solenoid valve is shorted, or an output voltage is much higher than
[SHORT] the specified value due to short to battery.
ABS MOTOR ABS motor turns ON when control unit sends OFF signal. ABS motor circuit is open or
[ON FAILURE] shorted to ground. ABS motor,
motor relay
ABS MOTOR
ABS motor turns OFF when control unit sends ON signal. Relay control wire is broken. and circuit
[OFF FAILURE]
ABS ACTUATOR RELAY ABS actuator relay tums ON when control unit sends OFF signal. Actuator relay is short-
[ON FAILURE] circuited to ground. ABS actuator
relay and
ABS ACTUATOR RELAY ABS actuator relay tums OFF when control unit sends ON signal. Relay control wire is circuit
[OFF FAILURE] broken.
CONSULT (Cont'd)
- -
Diagnostic item Diagnostic item is detected when... Check item

- -
BAnERY "OLTAGE
ABS control unit battery voltage is abnormally high. Control unit
[VB-HIGH]
power supply
"OLTAGE circuit
ABS control unit battery voltage is abnormally low.
[VB-LOW]
Control unit,
control unit
CONTROL UNIT Function of calculation in ABS control unit has failed. power supply
and ground
circuit
AES motor,
. ABS MOTOR
ABS motor speed is abnormally low. motor relay
[LOCK FAILURE]
and circuit
1 I
'1 : ABS warning lamp turns on if a wheel or wheels spin for I 0 to 80 seconds (depending on the wheel speed) with the vehicle
stuck in snow. ice, or mud. This is a normal condition.
'2: After repairing short-circuited sensor, turning ignition switch ON lights up ABS warning lamp. Check that ABS warning lamp
turns off when the vehicle is driven at approx. 30 krnh for approx. 1 minute as shown in the self-diagnosis procedure.
NOTE:
If "ABSn is not displayed on "SELECT SYSTEM" screen, check ABS control unit and data link connector circuit, and make sure
of the CONSULT card number.

Refer to CONSULT Instruction Manual for details on data
monitor function.
2. Connect CONSULT connector to data link connector for CON-
SULT.
4. Touch "START' on CONSULT screen.
5. Touch "ABS" on CONSULT screen.
repeat the data monitor procedure from the beginning.
6. Touch "DATA MONITORn.
7. Touch "SETTING" to set recording condition.
8. Touch "AUTO TRIG", "LONG TIME" and then "ENTER".
9. Return to "SELECT MONITOR ITEM" screen and touch "CIU
INPUT ITEM", "ALL SIGNALS" or 'SELECTION FROM
MENU". Refer to "DATA MONITOR MODE" on the next page.
10. Touch "START'.
11. Display data monitor.
12. If necessary, sequentially touch "REC START, "REC STOP",
"DATA DISPLAY", "NUMBER PRINT' and "PRINT' to print out
the data.
CONSULT (Cont'd)
DATA MONITOR MODE
MONITOR ITEM I CONDITION SPECIFICATION
FR RH SENSOR
Drive vehicle. Displays computed vehicle speed from wheel sensor signal.
FR LH SENSOR
(Each wheel is rotating.) Almost the same speed as speedometer.
RR SENSOR
Turn ignition switch ON and Depress the pedal: ON
STOP LAMP SW
depress brake pedal. Release the pedal: OFF EC ;
FR RH IN SOL
FR RH OUT SOL
FR LH IN SOL Ignition switch is turned ON or Operating conditions for each solenoid valve are indicated. ABS is AT '
FR LH OUT SOL engine is running. not operating: OFF
REAR IN SOL
REAR OUT SOL
Displays ON/OFF condition of ABS actuator relay.
ACTUATOR RLY
When turning ignition switch ON, ABS actuator relay is operated. 2
ABS is not operating: OFF

MOTOR RLY Ignition switch is turned ON or ABS is operating: ON
engine is running.
Warning lamp is turned on: ON
R8 $
WARNING LAMP
Warning lamp is turned off: OFF
BATTERY VOLT I
Indicates the voltage mea-
Power supply voltage for control unit ~~~~ \
VOLTAGE
sured with a voltage probe.
PLS WIDTH-H
I Refer to CONSULT Instruction
Manual.
ACTIVE TEST PROCEDURE

NlSSAN When conducting Active test, vehicle must be stationary.
Confirm that brakes have been bled completely.
CONSULT When ABS warning lamp stays on, never conduct Active test.
Connect CONSULT to Data Link Connector for CONSULT.
Start engine.
Touch "START' on CONSULT screen.
START
--
I
1 SUB MODE BR455C
Touch "ABS".
$ SELECT SYSTEM 0-
ENGINE
A/T
I - ABS I
CONSULT (Cont'd)
6. Touch "ACTIVE TEST'.
I b~SELECT
r
DiAG MODE
01
SELF-DIAG RESULTS
DATA MONITOR
ACTIVE TEST
ECU PART NUMBER
I
7. Select active test item by touching screen.
8. Touch "START'.
FR RH SOL TEST
I 1 !!! SELECT MONITOR ITEM I I

I I SELECTION FROM MENU I I
I I START 1
9. "ACTIVE TEST" screen is displayed.
ABS solenoid valve
To check that ABS solenoid valves (inlet and outlet) operate in
the following manner, touch "UP*, "KEEP" and "DOWN" on the
screen while observing the monitor.
Operation I UP I KEEP ( DOWN

IN ABS S N I OFF 1 ON I ON
OUTABS S N I OFF I OFF I ON*
*: Solenoid valve stays ON for 1 to 2 seconds after touching the key, and then
turns OFF.
If the active test is conducted with brake pedal depressed, the
brake pedal travel limit may change. This is a normal condition.
"TEST IS STOPPED" message is displayed 10 seconds after
the operation is started.
If the active test needs to be performed again after "TEST IS
STOPPED" is displayed, repeat step 8.
CONSULT (Cont'd)
I ABS motor
/ a UCTIl..!E
r
TEST fj
I
I I Touch
- - - "ON"
- - "OFF on the screen to check that ABS motor
and
-. .
relay and ABS actuator relay operate as follows:

- - -- -- --
Operation ON OFF
G9
ABS actuator relay ON ON
I
ABS motor relay

I ON OFF
EG
1
Self-diagnosis
DESCRIPTION
When a problem occurs in the ABS, the ABS warning lamp on the
instrument panel comes on. To actuate the self-diagnostic results
mode, ground the self-diagnostic check terminal 4 located on the
data link connector for CONSULT. The ABS warning lamp, then,
flashes and indicates the location of the malfunction.
1. Collect information on the concern from the customer, and then
2. Drive vehicle at approx. 30 km/h for approx. 1 minute.
3. Stop vehicle and start diagnosis.
4. Turn ignition switch "OFF'.
5. Ground the self-diagnostic check terminal 4.
6. Turn ignition switch "ON" to start the self-diagnostic results
mode.
CAUTION:
Keep terminal 4 grounded during self-diagnosis.
Do not depress brake pedal. (Self-diagnosis would not
start.)
Do not start engine. (Self-diagnosis would not start.)
7. After 3 or 4 seconds, ABS warning lamp starts blinking to indi-
cate the malfunction code No.
The indication terminates after 5 minutes. Turning the ignition
switch from "OFF" to "ON" resumes blinking the indication.
8. Verify the location of the malfunction with "MALFUNCTION
CODUSYMPTOM CHART", BR-16. Then make the necessary
repairs.
9. After the malfunctions are repaired, erase the malfunction
codes stored in the control unit. Refer to "HOW TO ERASE
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS" on the next page.
10. Rerun the self-diagnostic results mode to verify that the mal-
function codes have been erased.
11. Disconnect the check terminal from the ground. The self-diag-
nostic results mode is now complete.
12. Drive vehicle at approx. 30 km/h for approx. Iminute, and then
check that the ABS warning lamp is off.
HOW TO READ SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

(Malfunction codes)
Determine the code No. by observing the time and the fre-
quency that the ABS warning lamp blinks ON and OFF.
When multiple malfunctions occur at a time, up to three code
numbers can be stored; the latest malfunction will be indicated
first.
The indication begins with the start code No. 12. A maximum
of three code numbers appear in the order of the latest one
first. The indication then returns to the start code No. 12 to
repeat.
The start code No. 12 is only indicated repeatedly when there
is no malfunction.
Example: Code No. 25 Front left wheel sensor (open-ccrcuit)
lnd~cat~on
s:arl Start code No. i 2
Tens d ~ g ~ t s Un~tsdigits Code No 25

ABS w a r n q lamp
ON
- I - I - c - -
I
A9S warnrng lamp

OFF
- . - . - - - - -
r--------- -T---t----t-l-T-l- ---------- -I--I--t--l-i-"I
3 06 0.9 03C303 3.3 0 6 0.6 0.6 09 050303030305030303
Unit: seconds
BRG1185D
Self-d~agnosiscomplete ,
C
ABS warning lamp ! (Malfunction codes)
1. Turn the ignition switch "ON" and start the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 kmh for approx. 1 minute to
I check that there is no other malfunction. ST
i 3. Stop the vehicle.
I
I
4. Turn the ignition switch "OFF'.
I 5. Ground the self-diagnostic check terminal. RS'
................&.j(j(?.:e~o"dd~i!~?!!f!!.
.-----... iiii rase
.-.---.--. 6. Turn the ignition switch "ON" to start the self-diagnostic results
1 12.5 seconds I mode mode.
Malfunct~onmemory Malfunction memory is Nn.
erase mode starts. Is erased BRG0057C CAUTION:
Do not depress the brake pedal during self-diagnosis. Do not
start the engine. (The self-diagnosis would not start.)
EL
7. The ABS warning lamp starts to blink 3 or 4 seconds after the
self-diagnostic results mode is started.
8. Under the self-diagnostic results mode, the malfunction $jD
memory erase mode starts when the check terminal is discon-
nected from the ground.
9. Ground the check terminal 3 times or more in succession
within 12.5 seconds after the erase mode starts. (Each ground-
ing must be 1 second or longer.)
10. Disconnect the grounding cable from the check terminal to
erase the malfunction memory and complete the self-diagno-
sis. The ABS warning lamp , then, turns off.
11. Turn the ignition switch "OFF'.
MALFUNCTION CODEISYMPTOM CHART
Malfunction ABS warning Fail-safe
Malfunctioning part
code No. lamp ON operation
18 1 Different number of teeth of sensor rotors 1 0 1 0
21 Front right wheel sensor (open-circuit) 0 0
---
22 Front right wheel sensor (short-circuit)'4 0 0

25 Front left wheel sensor (open-circuit) 0 0
26 I Front left wheel sensor (short-circuiQ.4 1 0 1 0
31 I Rear wheel sensor (open-circuit) 1 0 1 0
32 Rear wheel sensor (short-circuit)'4 1 0 1 0
-
41
-
I Front right outlet ABS solenoid valve and circuit 1 0 1 0
42 Front right inlet ABS solenoid valve and circuit 0 0
45 Front left outlet ABS solenoid valve and circuit 0 0
1
-- - -
46 Front left inlet ABS solenoid valve and circuit 0 0

55 1 Rear outlet ABS solenoid valve and circuit 1 0 1 0
56 1 Rear inlet ABS solenoid valve and circuit 1 0 1 0
57 1 Power supply (Low or high voltage)*2 I 0 I -'I
61 ABS actuator motor or motor relayg3 0 0
63 ABS actuator relay 0 0
I At self-diagno- ( ABS control unit or data link connector for CONSULT is poorly 1 I
sis only connected.
No indication
Ignition switch ABS control unit1Fuse is blown or ABS warning lamp has an
ON open circuit.
At self-diagno-
sis only
I
I
ABS control unit
I I ABS control unit1ABS actuator relay is stuck to OFFJABS I

Stays ON power supply circuit, ABS actuator relay drive side power sup-
lgnition switch
ply (coil side) circuit, and ABS warning lamp circuit are short-
circuited./ABS control unit connector is disconnected or poorly
- --
I I connected. I I
'1: Fail-safe operation does not activate. A signal from ABS control unit suspends ABS control operation. Brakes operate con-
ventionally. After specified power supply voltage resumes, ABS warning lamp goes out, allowing for ABS control operation.
'2: The code No. does not indicate a malfunction related to the ABS control unit. Do not replace the ABS control unit even if
the code No. appears.
'3: The code No. can sometimes appear when the ABS motor ground circuit is loose or disconnected. When it appears, always
check the ground circuit for improper installation.
'4: ABS warning lamp turns on if a wheel or wheels spin for 10 to 80 seconds (depending on the wheel speed) with the vehicle
stuck in snow, ice, or mud. This is a normal condition. After repairing short-circuited sensor, turning ignition switch ON lights
up ABS warning lamp. Check that ABS warning lamp turns off when the vehicle is driven at approx. 30 krnlh for approx. 1
minute as shown in the self-diagnosis procedure.
TCSIABS SYSTEM
System Description
ABS FUNCTION
During ABS operation, the brake pedal pulsates along with a mechanical noise. This ensures that the ABS
is working properly. mP
When starting up the engine or immediately after the vehicle starts to run, the brake pedal pulsates and G'
a motor noise from the engine compartment can be heard. They are caused by the ABS operation check
and should not be considered abnormal.
A vehicle with the ABS may stop in a longer distance than a vehicle without the ABS when the brake is EC
applied on a bad road, gravel road, or deep fresh snow.
TCS FUNCTION
TCS/ABS control unit monitors the speed of the driving wheels through 4 wheel speed sensors. If driving
wheel slip is detected, fuel to the engine is cut o l and the throttle valve is adjusted so that the engine
torque is reduced. On vehicles with automatic transmission, transmission shift schedule is also changed
to control the rear wheel driving torque, which results in the reduction of wheel slip. This system enables
a
the throttle valve to be controlled so that optimum engine torque can be achieved in accordance with the
driver's acceleration request.
The driver may not feel satisfied with acceleration on some road surfaces. This poor acceleration occurs
because the operating TCS gives priority to maintaining optimum traction. Therefore, this condition should R8
be considered normal.
When shiftdown is made or the acceleration pedal is depressed while the vehicle is driven on the road
rLrd[-i
- 4
surface that has different friction coefficients, the TCS may operate temporarily.
On vehicles with manual transmission, the SLlP indicator lamp and the TCS OFF indicator lamp may light
up when the engine is about to stall in the conditions shown below. If the lamps go off when engine speed
increases, there is no problem in the system.
At start, the engine almost stalls and the engine speed is much lower than the idle speed.
The vehicle is driven at an extremely low speed with a high-speed gear engaged.
The clutch has been engaged until the vehicle almost stops. 8D
FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION
ABS system
If any malfunction is detected in the system, the ABS warning lamp, the TCS OFF indicator lamp and the SLlP
indicator lamp in the instrument panel is turned on with the TCSIABS deactivated and the vehicle's brake sys-
tem reverts to normal operation.
TCS system
If any malfunction is detected in the system, both the SLlP indicator lamp and the TCS indicator lamp on the
instrument panel light up and the TCS is shut down. The vehicle operates in the same manner as a vehicle
without the TCS, while the ABS is operational.
If there is a malfunction in the throttle control system, the TCS becomes inoperative while the ABS
remains functional.
When fail-safe operation is activated, perform the self-diagnosis procedure for the TCSIABS first.
Refer to BR-27 for details.
TCSIABS SYSTEM
System Description (Cont'd)
Parts that make throttle control inoperative
Malfunction code No. Malfunctioning part

11 Throttle position sensor circuit
12 Throttle motor sensor circuit
Circuit for the communication line (DKR line)
13 between TCSIABS control unit and throttle control
unit
91
Actuator system (Motor circuit is open or throttle
L I
motor intermittently works.)
22 Throttle motor drive system (overcurrent)
23 Throttle motor relay circuit (shorted)
24 Throttle motor relay circuit (open)
32
IThrottle motor return spring (Return spring is bro-
ken.)
Parts that make throttle control operative
Malfunction code No. Malfunctioning parts

31 Starter signal circuit (shorted)
Paridneutral position switch circuit (open or
33
shorted)
System Diagram
Secondary throttle posrt~onsensor value
--
C;
Front nght -ul

C
CI)
wheel sensor , Throttle control unrt

-
0
CI,
-
$ 5
Rear ngh:
wheel sensor
gc 0
m E
000000
Total control stgnal for engrne, AIT and TCS/ABS
(multrpie communication)
TCSlABS control unrt
Rear lett
whee! sensor
TCS OFF swtch
Front left
wheei sensor -+ SLIP 1ndrca:or Lamp '
----c TCS OFF rndcator lamp
c A9S warnlns lamp
BR-0227D
TCSfABS SYSTEM
[El TCSIABS control unit
Rear wheel sensor
Throttle motor relay
Front right wheel senso Throttle control unit
Front left wheel sensor

---- -- -- -
/LA~A~~~~
@ RH side of engine compartment LH side of engine compartment \
//
RH side of rear suspension t%ernb&- / Behind LH side lower fi
I Rear wheel sensor connector
Engine compartment
10
SLIP indicator lamp
IOA~ I
1
ABS warnina lam.
L
1 I ,----------- --- -7 Throttle
Throlllo
motor sensor
Throtlle
~ositionsensor
I I motor relay
TCS OFF
indicator I Actuator motor I
Throlllo motor I
angle signal
4
u22
Stop lamp SW
& FR OUT 1 1
j To data link
2
7
TCS switch signal
53
ECM TCM
37 or ECM
,connector TXL 6
I for {W- 7
l CONSULT
I Throttle ClU 20
I 10
Rear IN I
I Throllle molor 1 I
I
I
&- -@-J-gT-$@
5 6 7 8
--- - DKV (Throlllo angle output)
2
ECM.TCM or ECM 2 --------- --
109
3 '\ TO data link
:
I
DKR (Ttirotllo niolor (argot
angle signal)
Meter CIU (NT model only) 111 3 1 4 connector for I
To Meler CIU (Engine speed signal) 4

1 115
Dala link connector
for CONSULT Ttlrottle CIU
TCSIABS SYSTEM

TCS/ABS control unit - -
To perform the following inspection, the ignition switch should be turned ON with TCS/ABS control unit con-
nector and actuator connector properly connected.
I
TCS/ABS contro! unit connector
Terminal No. Check item (Refer-

Item Specifications'l
P Front right wheel I

ence)
sensor
Rear right wheel
I
Wheels are turning (Approx. 30 km/h)'3: Pulse generates.
Wheel sensors
Front: Approx. 200 Hz
and circuit
sensor I
. , 200 Hz
Rear: ADDrox.
Rear left wheel

sensor I
Stop lamp signal
I Brake pedal is depressed: Battery voltage (Approx. 12V)
Brake pedal is not depressed: Less than approx. 2V
Actuator relay is activated (with engine running): Less than approx. 2V
Stop lamp switch
and circuit
ABS actuator relay

Actuator relay Actuator relay is not activated (with fail-safe function activated and engine
and circuit
not running): Battery voltage (Approx. 12V)
ABS motor is running (in CONSULT active test mode): Battery voltage
ABS motor monitor
ABS motor monitor (Approx. 12V)
circuit
ABS motor is stopped (with ignition switch ON): Approx. OV
SLIP indicator SLIP indicator lamp ON'S: OV SLlP indicator
lamp SLIP indicator lamp OFF'5: Battery voltage (Approx. 12V) lamp and circuit
TCS OFF indicator TCS OFF indicator lamp ON'4: OV TCS OFF indicator
lamp TCS OFF indicator lamp OFF'4: Battery voltage (Approx. 12V) lamp and circuit
TCS OFF switch TCS OFF switch is pressed: Approx. OV TCS OFF switch
signal TCS OFF switch is not pressed: Approx. 4 - 5V and circuit
Engine speed sig- Pulse generates. Engine speed sig-
nal Refer to EC section ("ECM.TCM Input/Outout Reference Value") nal circuit
Circuit for total

Total control signal
control signal (Mul-
(Multiple communi-
tiple communica-
cation) for engine,
tion) for engine,
A/T and TCSIABS
A/Tand TCSIABS
TCS/ABS SYSTEM
(Cont'd)
- - --

Specifications'l
- - -ence)
Approx. 7V --
or higher Communication
line circuit between
DKV (throttle angle
TCSIABS control
output)
unit and throttle
control unit
Acceleration pedal is released: approx. 1 ms (reference)
4B3 warning lamp 0Nr2: Approx. OV ABS warning lamp
ABS warning lamp
4BS warning lamp 0FF72: Battery voltage (Approx. 12V) and circuit
cictuator relay is activated (with engine running): Battery voltage ABS warning lamp
Actuator relay (Approx. 12V) and circuit, ABS
monitor ktuator relay is not activated (with fail-safe function activated and engine actuator relay and
70t running): Approx. OV circuit
48s motor is running (in CONSULT active test mode): Less than approx.
ABS motor, motor
ABS motor relay 2V
relay and circuit
4BS motor is stopped: Battery voltage (Approx. 12V)
TCS is not activated:
Approx. 7V --
Body Communication
ground DKR (throttle line circuit between
motor target angle OV I I TCSfABS control
Approx. 9 ms (Reference)
signal) unit and throttle
control unit
Front right inlet

solenoid
Front right outlet
solenoid 4ctuator is activated (in CONSULT active test mode), or actuator relay is
Rear inlet solenoid lot activated (with fail-safe function activated and engine not running):
ABS solenoid and
Rear outlet sole- 4pprox. OV
circuit
4ctuator is not activated and actuator relay is activated (with vehicle
Front left inlet stopped and engine running): Battery voltage (Approx. 12V)
solenoid
Front left outlet
solenoid
Control unit power
Battery gnition switch ON: Baitery voltage (Approx. 12V)
-
'1: Do not force to oDen a connector terminal when usina a circuit tester for ins~ection.
supply circuit
'2: ABS warning lamp ON: When the ignition switch is t6ned ON (before startirig the engine) or a malfunction is detected
ABS warning lamp OFF: When the engine has started (with the system in normal condition)
'4: TCS OFF indicator lamp ON: When the ignition switch is turned ON (before starting the engine), a malfunction is detected,
or TCS OFF switch is turned ON
TCS OFF indicator lamp OFF: When the engine has started (with the system in normal condition) and the TCS OFF switch
is off
'5: SLlP indicator lamp ON: When the ignition switch is turned ON (before starting the engine) or a malfunction is detected
SLlP indicator lamp OFF: When the engine has started (with the system in normal condition) and the TCS is inoperative
TCS/ABS SYSTEM
Control Unit InpuVOutput Signal Specifications
(Cont'd)
Throttle control unit

item Specifications*
ence)
Ignition switch ON Throttle position

Throttle angle sig-
Throttle valve is fully closed: Approx. 0.5V sensor circuit and
nal
Throttle valve is fully open: Approx. 4.2V ECM
Throttle motor sen-
sor
Engine is idling: Approx. 4.4V
I
I
Throttle motor sen-
sor and circuit
R8
Throttle motor
I Throttle motor
angle signal
Engine is idling: Approx. 3.4V angle signal and MA
circuit
TCS switch signal
TCS switch signal lgnition switch ON: Approx. 5V
- -- -
- - - - -- -
circuit EL
Throttle control Throttle control
lgnition switch ON: Battery voltage (Approx. 12V)
unit power supply unit power circuit @J
Body
jround
Throttle control
unit power supply
1 Throttle control
unit power circuit
Throttle motor Throttle motor
lgnition switch ON: Approx. OV
relay relay and circuit
Throttle position
Sensor battery
lgnition switch ON: Approx. 5V sensor power cir-
voltage
cuit
Throttle control Throttle control
unit power supply unit power circuit
Throttle motor
relay
lgnition switch START (Disconnect ECM-TCMconnector or ECM connec-

I Throttle motor
relay and circuit
Start signal circuit
Start signal
tor.): Approx. 10V and ECM
*: Do not force to open a connector terminal when using a circuit tester for inspection.
TCSlABS SYSTEM
Control Unit InputfOutput Signal Specifications
(Cont'd)
USING CONSULT
Indicated are the controi unit computed data. If the output circuit (harness) should be open or short-
circuited, correct values may be displayed.
TCS/ABS control unit
Data monitor
Display ~ o n t t o ltem
r Check item (Reference)
I Vehicle is stationary.
REVOLUTION SENSOR the same 'peed
Wheel speed'l Wheel sensor circuit
W/hI Vehicle is driven.'l as speedometer (within
Brake pedal is
STOP LAMP SW
Brake pedal status
[ON-OFF] Brake pedal is not
ENG RPM SIGNAL

[STOP-RUN]
Engine operation
depressed.
Engine is stopped.
Engine is running at
more than 400 rpm.
1- Engine speed signal cir-
cuit
Actuator (solenoid) is
-
activated (at CONSULT
active test), or actuator
IN ABS SOLENOID
relay is not activated
[ON-OFF]
(with fail-safe function
activated and engine not
Solenoid status Solenoid circuit
running).
Actuator (solenoid) is not
activated and actuator
OUT ABS SOLENOID
relay is activated (with OFF
[ON-OFF]
vehicle stopped and
engine running).
Actuator relay is acti-
vated (with engine run-
ning).
ABS ACTUATOR RELAY
Actuator relay status Actuator relay is not acti- Actuator relay and circuit
[ON-OFF]
vated (with fail-safe
OFF
engine not running).
O F FI
are activated (at CON-
ABS MOTOR RELAY Motor relay and motor ABS motor, motor relay
SULT active test).
[ON-OFF] status and circuit
are not activated.
WARNING LAMP 4BS warning lamp sta- Warning lamp ON ABS warning lamp cir-
[ON-OFF] :us'2 Warning lamp OFF cuit
Controi unit power sup-
'ewer supply voltage
BATERY BOLT [V] Ignition switch ON 10 - 16V ply circuit and ground
~rovidedfor control unit
circuit
Acceleration pedal is not
I
depressed. (Ignition Communication line cir-
rhrottle angle condition
switch ON) cuit between TCS/ABS
THRTL OPENING [%] linked with acceleration
Acceleration pedal is control unit and throttle
~edal)
depressed. (Ignition I - 10096 control unit
switch ON)
TCS/ABS SYSTEM
(Cont'd)
Data monitor
Condition I Specifications
Communication line cir- @
TCS is inoperative. 0%
THRTL OPENING TAR- Motor throttle angle con- cuit between TCSIABS
GET [%] dition control unit and throttle
TCS is operational. 0 - 100%
control unit lzc
Communication line cir-

TCS is inoperative.
Number of cylinders to cuit between TCS/ABS
TCS MODET3
which fuel is cut off
TCS is operational.
control unit and /LT
I.z
I
ECM-TCM or ECM
1: 1st gear 2: 2nd gear 3: 3rd gear
GEAR Gear selection
4: 4th gear 5: 5th gear
1 1
TCS OFF switch status TCS switch ON ON
TCS SW TCS OFF switch circuit
(ONIOFF) TCS switch OFF OFF ST
TCS OFF indicator lamp
TCS OFF indicator lamp E
3
liFF indicator amp
TCS OFF LAMP
status TCS OFF indicator lamp @
SLlP indicator lamp is

ON
SLIP indicator lamp sta- ON. SLIP indicator lamp cir-
SLlP LAMP
SLlP indicator lamp is
/ ow cuit
( A/T selector position: I I

PNP switch signal or
I %~hift position:
Neutral
I ON
A/T PNP switch or neu-
P/N POSITION SIGNAL neutral position switch
A/T selector position: tral position switch circuit
signal status (ONIOFF)
Other than N and P
OFF
MA' shift position:
1 Other than Neutral I 1
'2: ABS warning lamp ON: When the ignition switch is turned ON (before starting the engine) or a malfunction is detected
ABS warning lamp OFF: When the engine has started (with the system in normal condition)
'3: TCS mode: 0 - 24, number of cylinders to which fuel is cut off x 4
Throttle control unit

Data monitor
THRTL POS SEN I Sensor voltage (V)

I
Throttle valve is fully

closed. I Approx. 0.5V
Throttle position sensor
circuit
TH MOTOR VOLT Sensor voltage (V) Engine is idling. Approx. 3.4V
circuit
Communication line cir-
Motor throttle target cuit between TCS/ABS
TH OPEN CONT TCS is inoperative Approx. 9 ms
angle signal (ms) control unit and throttle
1
control unit
START SIGNAL ONIOFF Ignition switch ON ON Start signal circuit
I
Shift (selector) lever is in ParWneutral position

NEUT POSl SW ONIOFF
parkheutral position. switch circuit
TCSlABS SYSTEM
Precautions for Trouble Diagnosis

After performing trouble diagnosis, be sure to erase trouble stored in memory.
Refer to "CONSULT for TCS/ABS Control Unit Control System" (BR-27), "Self-diagnosis for TCSIABS
Control Unit Control System" (BR-34), "CONSULT for Throttle Control Unit Control System" (BR-37) or
"Self-diagnosis for Throttle Control Unit Control System" (BR-41).
The concerns that are difficult to duplicate may be caused by faulty electrical connections. Move harnesses
or harness connectors by hand to check if there is any poor mating of connector halves or faulty connec-
tion.
Do not force to open a connector terminal when using a circuit tester for inspection.
Read GI section thoroughly in advance and make sure of all the general precautions.
Basic Inspection
BASIC INSPECTION 1 - Brake fluid level and leakage
1. Check brake fluid level in reservoir tank. Replenish brake fluid if necessary.
2. Check for leakage at or around brake piping and ABS actuator. If leakage or seepage is noted, proceed
as follows:
If ABS actuator connectors are loose, tighten to specified torque. Recheck to ensure that leakage is no
longer present.
If flare nut threads at piping connectors or actuator threads are damaged, replace faulty parts with new
ones. Recheck to ensure that leakage is no longer present.
If brake fluid leaks through areas other than actuator connectors, wipe off using a clean cloth. Recheck
for leakage or seepage. If necessary, replace faulty parts with new ones.
If brake fluid leaks at or seeps through ABS actuator, wipe off using a clean cloth.
Recheck for leakage or seepage. If necessary, replace ABS actuator with new one.
CAUTION:
ABS actuator cannot be disassembled. Do not attempt to disassemble it.
3. Check brake disc rotors and pads for proper operation.
BASIC INSPECTION 2 - Loose power line terminal

Check battery terminals (positive and negative) and battery mounting (ground) for looseness. If necessary,
tighten to specified torque. Check the battery for lower voltage.
BASIC INSPECTION 3 - SLlP indicator lamp, TCS OFF indicator lamp and ABS warning
lamp
Turn ignition switch "ON" to ensure that TCS OFF indicator lamp lights up. If TCS OFF indicator lamp does
not light, check TCS OFF indicator lamp circuit.
Turn ignition switch "ON" to ensure that SLlP indicator lamp lights up. If SLlP indicator lamp does not light,
check SLlP indicator lamp circuit.
Turn ignition switch "ON" to ensure that ABS warning lamp lights up. If ABS warning lamp does not light,
check ABS warning lamp circuit.
Check that the SLlP indicator lamp and the ABS warning lamp go off approx. 1 second after the engine
has started. If either of the lamps still remains on, perform the self-diagnosis for TCSIABS control unit
control system and the self-diagnosis for throttle control unit control system.
After driving vehicle at approx. 30 km/h for approx. 1 minute, check to ensure that the SLlP indicator lamp
and the ABS warning lamp are off. If either of the lamps still remains on, perform the self-diagnosis for
TCS/ABS control unit control system and the self-diagnosis for throttle control unit control system.
Check that the TCS OFF indicator lamp turns ON and OFF when the TCS OFF switch is turned to ON
and OFF respectively, with the engine running. If the lamp status does not correspond to the switch
position, check the TCS OFF switch circuit.
Check that the TCS OFF indicator lamp goes off when the engine has started with the TCS OFF switch
OFF. If the TCS OFF indicator lamp does not go off even 10 seconds after the engine has started, per-
form the self-diagnosis for TCSIABS control unit control system and the self-diagnosis for throttle control
unit control system.
After driving vehicle at approx. 30 kmlh for approx. 1 minute with the TCS OFF switch OFF, check to ensure
that the TCS OFF indicator lamp is off. If the TCS OFF indicator lamp lights up, perform the self-diagno-
sis for TCS/ABS control unit control system and the self-diagnosis for throttle control unit control system.
After performing self-diagnosis procedures, be sure to erase trouble stored in memory.
TCS/ABS SYSTEM
CONSULT for TCS/ABS Control Unit Control

System
SULT
A/T model: 47850 AA310
M/T model: 47850 AA110
SELF-DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE rn
Collect information on the concern from the customer, and then
data link connector for CONSULT on the vehicle. ST
Start engine and drive vehicle at approx. 30 km/h for approx.
1 minute.
Stop vehicle with engine running and touch "START", "ABS" 38
and "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" sequentially on the CONSULT
screen.
y;rjn
played on "SELECT SYSTEM" screen. To display "ABS", E~
repeat the self-diagnosis procedure from the beginning.
Self-diagnosis results are displayed on the screen. (Touch
"PRINT' to print out the self-diagnosis results, if necessary.) 8~
If "NO FAIL" is displayed, inspect the SLlP indicator lamp, the
TCS OFF indicator lamp and the ABS warning lamp. Refer to
the previous page.
Start engine and drive vehicle at approx. 30 km/h for approx.
1 minute.
Recheck to ensure that there is no other malfunction.
stored in memory.
Start engine and touch "START", "ABS", "SELF-DIAG
RESULTS" and "ERASE" sequentially on the CONSULT
screen to erase the trouble stored in memory.
If the trouble stored in memory is not erased, repeat step
6.
Drive vehicle at approx. 30 krn/h for approx. 1 minute and then
confirm that the TCS OFF indicator lamp, the SLlP indicator
lamp, and the ABS warning lamp are OFF.
TCS OFF switch is not in cancel condition.
TCS/ABS SYSTEM
System (Cont'd)
Diagnostic item Diagnostic item is detected when... Check item
FR RH SENSOR Circuit for front right wheel sensor is open. Or an abnormally high input voltage is
[OPEN] entered due to short to battery.
FR LH SENSOR Circuit for front left wheel sensor is open. Or an abnormally high input voltage is entered
[OPEN] due to short to battery.
REAR SENSOR Circuit for rear right wheel sensor is open. Or an abnormally high input voltage is enterec
RR LH SENSOR Circuit for rear left wheel sensor is open. Or an abnormally high input voltage is entered
Front right wheel sensor is short-circuited or shorted to ground, or gap between the
FR RH SENSOR Wheel sen-
wheel sensor and the sensor rotor is large. An abnormally low input voltage is entered
[SHORT) sor circuit
Front left wheel sensor is short-circuited or shorted to ground, or gap between the wheel
FR LH SENSOR
[SHORTJ
Rear right wheel sensor is short-circuited or shorted to ground, or gap between the
RR RH SENSOR
wheel sensor and the sensor rotor is large. An abnormally low input vottage is entered
[SHORTJ
Rear left wheel sensor is short-circuited or shorted to ground, or gap between the wheel
RR LH SENSOR
[SHORV
FR RH IN ABS SOL Circuit for front right inlet ABS solenoid valve is open, or an output voltage is much lower
FR LH IN ABS SOL Circuit for front left inlet ABS solenoid valve is open, or an output voltage is much lower
REAR IN ABS SOL Circuit for rear inlet ABS solenoid valve is open, or an output voltage is much lower than
- - - - -- - -- -
FR RH IN ABS SOL Circuit for front right inlet ABS solenoid valve is shorted, or an output voltage is much
[SHORT] higher than the specified value due to short to battery.
FR LH IN ABS SOL Circuit for front left inlet ABS solenoid valve is shorted, or an output voltage is much
[SHORTJ higher than the specified value due to short to battery.
REAR IN ABS SOL Circuit for rear inlet ABS solenoid valve is shorted, or an output voltage is much higher
[SHORT] than the specified value due to short to battery. Solenoid and
FR RH OUT ABS SOL Circuit for front right outlet ABS solenoid valve is open, or an output voltage is much circuit
[OPEN] lower than the specified value due to short to ground.
FR LH OUT ABS SOL Circuit for front left outlet ABS solenoid valve is open, or an output voltage is much lower
- --
REAR OUT ABS SOL Circuit for rear outlet ABS solenoid valve is open, or an output voltage is much lower
FR RH OUT ABS SOL Circuit for front right outlet ABS solenoid valve is shorted, or an output voltage is much
FR LH OUT ABS SOL Circuit for front left outlet ABS solenoid valve is shorted, or an output voltage is much
REAR OUT ABS SOL Circuit for rear outlet ABS solenoid valve is shorted, or an output voltage is much higher
ABS MOTOR ABS motor turns ON when control unit sends OFF signal. ABS motor circuit is open or
[ON FAILURE] shorted to ground. ABS motor,
motor relay
ABS MOTOR and circuit
ABS motor turns OFF when control unit sends ON signzl. Relay control wire is broken.
[OFF FAILURE]
TCS/ABS SYSTEM
CONSULT for TCSlABS Control Unit Control
System (Cont'd)
Diagnostic item Diagnostic item is detected when ... Check item
ABS ACTUATOR RELAY ABS actuator relay turns ON when control unit sends OFF signal. Actuator relay is short-
b~ FAILURE] circuited to ground. ABS actuator
relay and
ABS ACTUATOR RELAY ABS actuator relay turns OFF when control unit sends ON signal. Relay control wire is circuit
[OFF FAILURE] broken.
BAlTERY VOLTAGE TCSIABS
TCSIABS control unit battery voltage is abnormally high.
[VB-IiIGH] control unit
power supply
BAlTERY VOLTAGE and ground
TCSIABS control unit battery voltage is abnormally low.
[VB-LOW circuit
--
TCSIABS
CONTROL UNIT Function of calculation in TCS/ABS control unit has failed.
control unit
ABS motor,
ABS MOTOR
ABS motor speed is abnormally low. motor relay
[LOCK FAILURE]
and circuit
Engine
Engine speed signal is interrupted or signal wire is suspected to be broken.
ENGINE SPEED SIG speed signal
TCSIABS control unit connector or ECM-TCM or ECM connector is poorly connected.
circuit
Circuit for
the commu-
The communication line between TCSIABS control unit and throttle control unit is open
nication line
or shorted.
between
THROTLE POSl SIG Throttle control system (throttle control unit, peripheral harness, and throttle actuator)
TCSIABS
is abnormal.
control unit
TCSIABS control unit or throttle control unit battery voltage is low.
and throttle
control unit
Engine main components (crankshaft position sensor, mass air flow sensor, engine cool-
Engine sys-
ENGINE SYSTEM ant temperature sensor, ignition primary signal, throttle position sensor, and motor throttle
tem
position sensor) are abnormal.
Total control
signal 1
Total control signal (multiple signal) for engine, AIT and TCS/ABS is abnormal (open or
(multiple sig-
shorted communication harness, faulty connections, abnormal TCS/ABS control unit or
LAN SIGNAL 1 nal) for
ECM-TCM or ECM).
engine, A / l
TCSIABS control unit power is momentarily cut off or decreased.
and TCSI
ABS
Total control signal (multiple signal) for engine, and TCS/ABS is abnormal (open or
Total control
shorted communication harness, faulty connections, abnormal TCS/ABS control unit or
signal 2
ECM.TCM or ECM).
(multiple sig-
ECM.TCM or ECM starter switch is stuck to ON.
LAN SIGNAL 2 nal) for
The starter switch is ON for 10 seconds or longer even after the engine has started.
engine, P A
(This is not a malfunction.)
and TCSI
ECM-TCM or ECM is abnormal. (Total control signal (multiple signal) for engine, A/T
and TCSIABS is malfunctioning. Or the system is in the process of CPU back up.) ABS
LAN SIGNAL 3 TCSIABS is abnormal.

TCSfABS SYSTEM
CONSULT for TCSfABS Control Unit Control
System (Cont'd)
Diagnostic item Diagnostic item is detected when ... I Check item
Total control signal (multiple signal) for engine, A l l and TCSIABS is abnormal (open or
shorted communication harness,-faulty connections, abnormal TCSIABS control unit or
LAN CIRCUIT 1 signal 1, 2
ECM.TCM or ECM).
ECM.TCM or ECM power is cut off or decreased for 2 seconds or longer. (multiple sig-
nal) for
Total control signal (multiple signal) for engine, ArT and TCSIABS is suspected to be
interrupted (open or shorted communication harness, faulty connections, abnormal and TCSI
LAN CIRCUIT 2
TCS/ABS control unit or ECM TCM or ECM). ABS
ECM.TCM or ECM power is cut off or decreased for 2 seconds or longer.
NOTE:
If "NO FAILn is displayed as a result of the CONSULT self-diagnosis when the ABS warning lamp is lit, inspect the engine speed
signal circuit.
If "ABSn is not displayed on "SELECT SYSTEM" screen, check ABS control unit and data link connector circuit, and make sure of
the CONSULT card number.
If "ENGINE SYSTEM", "LAN SIGNAL 1". "LAN SIGNAL 2", "LAN SIGNAL 3 , "LAN CIRCUIT 1" or "LAN CIRCUIT 2" is displayed
on the screen, perform the self-diagnosis for the ECM.TCM or ECM.
If "THROlTLE CONTROLLER COMMUNICATIONn is displayed on the screen, perform the self-diagnosis for throttle control unit.

a Refer to CONSULT Instruction Manual for details on data
monitor function.
SULT.
4. Touch "START" on CONSULT screen.
5. Touch "ABS" on CONSULT screen.
a If "START" is touched immediately after engine is started
or ignition switch is turned ON, "ABS" may not be dis-
repeat the data monitor procedure from the beginning.
Touch "DATA MONITOR".
Touch "SETTING" to set recording condition.
Touch "AUTO TRIG", "LONG TIME" and then "ENTER".
Return to "SELECT MONITOR ITEM" screen and touch "C/U
INPUT ITEM", "ALL SIGNALS" or "SELECTION FROM
MENU". Refer to "DATA MONITOR MODE" on the next page.
10. Touch "START".
11. Display data monitor.
12. If necessary, sequentially touch "REC START, "REC STOP",
"DATA DISPLAY", "NUMBER PRINT" and "PRINT" to print out
the data.
TCS/ABS SYSTEM
CONSULT for TCSfABS Control Unit Control
System (Cont'd)
DATA MONITOR MODE
--
I ~elect-monitoritem I
Display Selection from Remarks
signals menu
Displays vehicle speed computed based on
FR RH SEN [kmlh]
front right wheel sensor signal. zc
FR LH SEN [kmlh]
front left wheel sensor signal.
AT
REAR SEN [kmlhll
rear right wheel sensor signal.
RR LH SEN lkmlhll
rear left wheel sensor signal.
FIR IN SOL [ON-OFF] I O

lndicates operating condition (ONIOFF) for
front right inlet solenoid.
87
FIR OUT SOL [ON-OFF] / lndicates operating condition (ONIOFF) for
front right outlet solenoid. Rs
FIL IN SOL O front left inlet solenoid. y-13
FIL OUT SOL [ON-OFF] / A
1
Indicates operating condition (ONIOFF) for
front left outlet solenoid.
u -:-.!
/
--
I Indicates operating condition (ONIOFF) for

REAR IN SOL [ON-OFq
"
A
I rear inlet solenoid.
RR OUT SOL [ON-OFF] / O
- - .-

rear outlet solenoid.
SC
lndicates ABS actuator relay status (ON1
ABS ACTUATOR [ON-OFF] O OFF).
ABS MOTOR [ON-OFFI I - I 0 0 Indicates ABS motor relay status (ONIOFF).
STOP LAMP SW [ON-OFFl I 0 I 0 0 Indicates stop lamp switch status (ONIOFF).
ENG SPEED SIG [RUNISTOP] I 0 I 0 0 I lndicates engine operation.
WARNING LAMP [ON-OFF] I - I 0 0 I lndicates ABS warning lamp status.
I lidicates the voltage supplied to the TCSI
BATTERY VOLT
THRTL OPENING
I
1x11
iv
0 I 0
n
V
0
ABS control unit.
Indicates throttle angle condition.
I 1
- - -
THL OP TARGET [%I - 0 0-1- lndcates throttle control unit target angle.
- --
- -
- -
lndicates the value at which fuel to ECM is

TCS MODE
cut off.
GEAR 1 0 1
- -
6 - lndicates the gear position.
TCS SW [ON-OFF]* 0 0 lndicates TCS switch status (ONIOFF).
TCS OFF LAMP [ON-OFF] - 0 0 I lndicates TCS OFF indicator lamp status.
SLIP LAMP [ON-OFF] - 0 0 I lndicates SLlP indicator lamp status.
lndicates the selector position (ONIOFF)
PIN POSl SIG
*:
[ON-OFFI I I I
based on the A/T PNP switch signal or the
neutral position switch signal.
The TCS switch only indicates that the switch is ON or OFF. It does not necessarily correspond to the TCS operation condi-
tion (TCS OFF indicator lamp OFF or ON).
TCS/ABS SYSTEM
System (Cont'd)
CONSULT When conducting Active test, vehicle must be stationary.
Confirm that brakes have been bled completely.
When ABS warning lamp stays on, never conduct Active test.
Connect CONSULT to Data Link Connector for CONSULT.
START
I Start engine.
Touch "START' on CONSULT screen.
I I SUB MODE
BR455D I
Touch "ABS".
I SELECT SYSTEM
ENGINE
Arr
1 ABS I
I
Touch "ACTIVE TEST'.

[ $ SELECT DlAG MODE 0
1
SELF-DIAG RESULTS
DATA MONITOR
ACTIVE TEST
ECU PART NUMBER
Select active test item by touching screen.
Touch "START'.
FR RH SOL TEST
I
$ SELECT MONITOR ITEM
SELECTION FROM MENU
u
START
TCS/ABS SYSTEM
System (Cont'd)
9. "ACTIVE TEST' screen is displayed.
ABS solenoid valve
a To check that ABS solenoid valves (inlet and outlet) ooerate in
the following manner, touch "UP", "KEEP" and "DOWN" on the @
screen while observing the monitor.
Operation UP KEEP DOWN Ee

IN ABS S N OFF ON ON
OUTABS S N
I
OFF
I
OFF
I
ON' A'
- --
': Solenoid valve stays ON for 1 to 2 seconds after touching the key, and then
turns OFF. =<
Y ;
the operation is started. ST

a If the active test needs to be performed again after "TEST IS
STOPPED" is displayed, repeat step 8.
RS
ABS motor
Touch "ON" and "OFF' on the screen to check that ABS motor EL
relay and ABS actuator relay operate as follows:
Operation ON OFF @
ABS actuator relay ON ON
ABS motor relay ON OFF
a If the active test is conducted with brake pedal depressed, the
a "TEST IS STOPPED" message is displayed 10 seconds after
TCS/ABS SYSTEM
Self-diagnostic check ter Self-diagnosis for TCSfABS Control Unit

(Terminal 4 of data link c Control System
1. Collect information on the concern from the customer, and then
2. Drive vehicle at approx. 30 km/h for approx. 1 minute.
3. Stop vehicle and start diagnosis.
4. Turn ignition switch "OFF.
5. Ground the self-diagnostic check terminal 4 on the data link
Data link connector
for CONSULT connector for CONSULT.
6. Turn ignition switch "ON" to start the self-diagnostic results
mode.
CAUTION:
Keep terminal 4 grounded during self-diagnosis. Do not
depress brake pedal. Do not start engine. (Self-diagnosis
would not start.)
When SLlP indicator lamp does not start blinking, check
TCSfABS control unit power supply circuit and ground
circuit.
7. The SLlP indicator lamp starts blinking to indicate the malfunc-
tion code No. 3 or 4 seconds after the self-diagnostic results
mode is started.
The indication terminates after 5 minutes. Turning the igni-
tion switch from "OFF" to "ON" resumes blinking the indi-
cation.
During the SLIP indicator lamp operation shown above,
TCS OFF indicator lamp and ABS warning lamp are lit.
8. Vsrify the location of the malfunction with "MALFUNCTION
CODUSYMPTOM CHART", BR-36. Then make the necessary
repairs.
9. After the malfunctions are repaired, erase the malfunction
codes stored in the control unit. Refer to "HOW TO ERASE
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS on the next page.
When the malfunction codes have been erased, the start
code is only indicated.
12. Drive vehicle at approx. 30 km/h for approx. 1 minute, and then
check that the TCS OFF indicator lamp, the SLlP indicator
lamp and the ABS warning lamp are OFF.
HOW TO READ SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

(Malfunction codes)
Determine the code No. by observing the time and the fre-
quency that the SLlP indicator lamp flashes ON and OFF.
Refer to the next page.
When multiple malfunctions occur at a time, up to three code
numbers can be stored; the latest malfunction will be indicated
first.
The indication begins with the start code No. 12. After that a
maximum of three code numbers appear in the order of the
latest one first. The indication then returns to the start code No.
12 to repeat.
The start code No. 12 is only indicated repeatedly when there
is no malfunction.
TCS/ABS SYSTEM
Self-diagnosis for TCS/ABS Control Unit
control System (Cont'd)
Example: Code No. 25 Front left wheel sensor (open-circutt)
lnd~cat~on
start Start code No. 12
Tens drglts Units drgits Code No. 25

ABS warnlng lamp - I - - - - - l
ON
ABS warning lamp

OFF
I----------
3
--------------
06 0.9
-
03C303
.
33 0 6 3.6 0 6 09
- - - - -
-?-I
030303030303030303
Unit: seconds
BRG1185D

(Malfunction codes)
1. Turn the ianition switch "ON" and start the engine.
2. Drive the iehicle at approx. 30 km/h for appfox. 1 minute to
check that there is no other malfunction.
3. Stop the vehicle and turn the ignition switch "OFF'. I88
4. Ground the self-diagnostic check terminal 4 on the data link
connector for CONSULT.
5. Turn the ignition switch "ONnto start the self-diagnostic results /,%@A
mode.
self-d~agnostscomplete CAUTION:
SLlP ndicator lamp
i Keep terminal 4 grounded during self-diagnosis. Do not EL
ON r
I depress the brake pedal during self-diagnosis. Do not start the
OFF - c
f engine.
SD
4
i 6. The SLIP indicator lamp starts blinking to indicate the malfunc-

tion code No. 3 or 4 seconds after the self-diagnostic results
mode is started.
ground
The indication terminates after 5 minutes. Turning the igni-
-i
-- --- - - - -- - - - - ---f2.i geconds--- - - - - -..tJErase
mode tion switch from "OFF" to "ON" resumes blinking the indi-
Malfunct~onmemory
erase mode starts.
Malfunct~onmemory IS
1s erased.
cation. During the SLlP indicator lamp operation shown
BRZOO~~D above, TCS OFF indicator lamp and ABS warning lamp are
lit.
7. Under the self-diagnostic results mode, the malfunction
memory erase mode starts when the check terminal is discon-
nected from the ground.
8. Ground the check terminal 3 times or more in succession
within 12.5 seconds after the erase mode starts. (Each ground-
ing must be 2 seconds or longer.)
9. Disconnect the grounding cable from the check terminal to
erase the malfunction memory and complete the self-diagno-
sis.
0 When the malfunction codes have been erased, the start
code No. 12 is only indicated.
12. Drive vehicle at approx. 30 k d h for approx. 1 minute, and then
check that the TCS OFF indicator lamp, the SLlP indicator
lamp and the ABS warning lamp are OFF.
13. Turn the ignition switch "OFF.
TCS/ABS SYSTEM
Self-diagnosis for TCSfABS Control Unit
Control System (Cont'd)
MALFUNCTION CODE/SYMPTOM CHART
I I I
Malfunc- Detection time Lamp ON

tion code Check item a Fail-safe
Engine
In driving ABS TCS OFF SLlP operation
No. running
12 Normal - - - - - -
21 Front right wheel sensor (open-circuit) 0 0 0 0 0 0
22 Front right wheel sensor (short-circuit) - 0 0 0 0 0
25 Front left wheel sensor (open-circuit) 0 0 0 0 0 0
26 Front left wheel sensor (short-circuit) - 0 0 0 0 0
31 Rear right wheel sensor (open-circuit) 0 0 0 0 0 0
32 Rear right wheel sensor (short-circuit) - 0 0 0 0 0
35 Rear left wheel sensor (open-circuit) 0 0 0 0 0 0
36 Rear left wheel sensor (short-circuit) - 0 0 0 0 0
41 Front right outlet solenoid valve and circuit 0 0 0 0 0 0
42 Front right inlet solenoid valve and circuit 0 0 0 0 0 0
45 Front left outlet solenoid valve and circuit 0 0 0 0 0 0
46 Front left inlet solenoid valve and circuit 0 0 0 0 0 0
55 Rear outlet solenoid valve and circuit 0 0 0 0 0 0
56 Rear right inlet solenoid valve and circuit 0 0 0 0 0 0
57 Battery voltage (low) 0 0 0 0 0 -'I
Throttle control unit system or circuit for the corn-
58 munication line between TCSIABS control unit and 0 0 -*2 0 0 0
throttle control unit
61 Actuator motor and motor relay circuit 0 0 0 0 0 0
63 Actuator relay circuit 0 0 0 0 0 0
71 TCSIABS control unit 0 0 0 5 0 0'5 0
Total control signal (multiple signal) for engine, IVT -
75
and TCS/ABS 0 0 0 0 0
-
-
80 Engine speed signal - 0'3 0 0 0

Monitoring of total control signal (multiple signal) for -
83
engine, AfT and TCS/ABS 0 0 0 0 0
84 Engine system component fuel condition 0 0 - 0 0 0
Incomplete start process of total control signal (mul- -
85
tiple signal) for engine, AfT and TCSIABS 0 0 0 0 0
Continuous start process of total control signal -
86
(multiple signal) for engine, and TCS/ABS 0 0 0 0 0
NOindi- Remains OFF: Data link connector circuit 0 0 - - - -'4
cation Remains ON: SLIP indicator lamp circuit shorted,
(no blink- TCSIABS control unit or self-diagnostic check termi- 0 0 0 0 0 -'4
ing) nal circuit open
NOTE:
When the malfunction code No. 58 is indicated, perform the throttle control unit self-diagnosis. When the malfunction code Nos.
75, 80, 83, 84, 85 or 86 is indicated, perform the self-diaqnosis for ECM-TCM or ECM.
'I: Fail-safe operation is not activated. A signal from control unit suspends TCS and ABS control operation. Brakes operate
conventionally and the vehicle operates in the same manner as a vehicle without the TCS. After specified battery voltage
resumes, the TCS OFF indicator lamp and the ABS warning lamp go off, allowing for TCS and ABS control operation.
'2: TCS operation only stops and fail-safe operation is activated, allowing for ABS control operation.
'3: Malfunction is detected only when TCS is in operation.
'4: When there are malfunctions in the self-diagnostic check terminal circuit (terminal 4 of the data link connector for CONSULT)
and SLlP indicator lamp circuit, fail-safe operation is not activated.
'5: Some malfunctions in the TCS/ABS control unit cause the SLlP indicator lamp and the ABS warning lamp to go off sepa-
rately.
TCS/ABS SYSTEM
CONSULT for Throttle Control Unit Control

System
SULT 23790 AA500
Collect information on the concern from the customer, and then
data link connector for CONSULT on the vehicle. sir
Start engine and drive vehicle at approx. 30 kmlh for approx.
1 minute.
Stop vehicle with engine running and touch "START', Rs
"THROTTLE CONTROL" and "SELF-DIAG RESULTS"
sequentially on the CONSULT screen.
If "START" is touched immediately after engine is started !iIA
or ignition switch is turned on, "THRORLE CONTROL"
may not be displayed on "SELECT SYSTEM" screen. To a
display "THROTTLE CONTROL", repeat the self-diagnosis
procedure from the beginning.
Self-diagnosis results are displayed on the screen. (Touch 8~
"PRINT" to print out the self-diagnosis results, if necessary.)
If "NO FAIL" is displayed, inspect SLIP indicator lamp, TCS
OFF indicator lamp, and ABS warning lamp. Refer to BR-26.
Start engine and drive vehicle at approx. 30 krn/h for approx.
1 minute to ensure that there is no other malfunction in the
system.
stored in memory.
Start engine and touch "START', "THROTTLE CONTROL",
"SELF-DIAG RESULTS" and "ERASE sequentially on the
CONSULT screen to erase the trouble stored in memory.
If the malfunction stored in memory is not erased, repeat
step 6.
10. Drive vehicle at approx. 30 km/h for approx. 1 minute and then !
confirm that TCS OFF indicator lamp and SLIP indicator lamp
is OFF.
TCSIABS SYSTEM
System (Cont'd)
- - Diagnostic item I Diagnostic item is detected when... I Check item
Throttle position sensor signal output is abnormally high or
THROTTLE POSl SEN Throttle position sensor circuit
continues to stay low for a certain period of time.
THROTTLE MOTOR
I Throttle motor sensor signal output is abnormally high or con-
tinues to stay low for a certain period of time.
Circuit for throttle motor target angle signal (DKR line) is open
1 Throttle motor sensor and circuit
THRTL OPEN TRGET or shorted. Circuit for the communication

TCS/ABS control unit is abnormal. line between the throttle control
unit and the TCSIABS control
Throttle motor operation does not accord with the throttle unit
THROTTLE ACTUATOR
I
motor target angle.
THROTTLE MOTOR Overcurrent is applied to the throttle motor drive circuit. Throttle motor and circuit
[SHORT]
RLY
1
1
Throttle motor relay is short-circuited.

Throttle motor relay and circuit
THROlTLE MOTOR RLY
Throttle motor relay is open.
[OPEN]
ENGINE START SIG

I Start signal is not correctiy entered due to short.
Parkheutral position switch signal is not correctly entered due

I Start signal circuit and
ECM-TCM or ECM
- -
Neutral position switch circuit

NEUTRAL POSl SW
to open or shorted circuit. and PNP switch circuit

Refer to CONSULT Instruction Manual for details on data
monitor function.
Connect CONSULT connector to data link connector for CON-
SULT.
Turn ignition switch ON.
connector for Touch "START' on CONSULT screen.
Touch ''THROTTLE CONTROL" on CONSULT screen.
Touch "DATA MONITOR".
Touch "SETTING" to set recording condition.
Touch one key from "AUTO TRIG", "MANUAL TRIG" and
"SPECIAL", and then touch "LONG TIME".
With "AUTO TRIG" selected, the data is automatically recorded
if a malfunction occurs during the data monitor. With "SPE-
CIAL" selected, the data is automatically recorded when TCS
is activated.
Touch "ENTER".
Return to "SELECT MONITOR ITEM" screen and touch "ALL
SIGNALS".
Display data monitor.
If necessary, sequentially touch "REC START', "REC STOP",
"DATA DISPLAY", "NUMBER PRINT' and "PRINT' to print out
the data.
Bb38
TCS/ABS SYSTEM
System (Cont'd)
DATA MONITOR MODE
-
I
--
Select monitor item
THRTL POS SEN

Display
[ ~ l
Il
I
All signals
o
I
I
Selection
from menu
n
Remarks
Dispiays throttle position sensor signal voltage.
THRTL OPENING lo] 1 0 I Displays throttle angle computed based on throttle position
sensor signal voltage.
EG
THRTL POS SE2 MI 0 1 ; Displays throttle motor sensor signal voltage. AT

THRL2 OPENING rOl / 0 Displays throttle motor angle computed based on throttle
motor sensor signal voltage.
BATTERY VOLT MI 0 I A Displays the battery voltage for the control unit.
TH OPEN SIG ims]/ 0 I A

Displays the pulse width of the throttle motor target angle
signal from the TCSIABS control unit.
lndicates the switch status (ONIOFF) based on the throttle
CLOSED THUSW [ONIOFF] 0 A
position sensor signal.
lndicates the switch status (ONIOFF) based on the parW
NEUT POSl SW [ONIOFF] 0 A
neutral position switch signal.
START SIGNAL [ONIOFF] 0 A lndicates the status (ONIOFF) based on the starter signal.
Displays the throttle motor control target computed by the
TH OPEN CONT ["I 0 A
control unit based on each input signal.
TH MOTOR DUTY I"/.] I 0 I A lndicates the throttle motor drive duty.
lndicates the throttle motor relay status (ON/OFF).
TCS SIGNAL [ONIOFF] / O I a

lndicates ON when the throttle motor angle reaches a
specified iower limit.
lndicates "VALID" when throttle motor target angle signal is
TCS FLAG received from the TCS/ABS control unit and the throttle
control unit closes the throttle motor.
lndicates the condition of the communication between TCS/
COMM COND [ONIOFFJ 0 A ABS control unit and throttle control unit. Normally ON is
indicated, and OFF is shown when there is failure.
TH CLSD LRN PoNwEqI 0 / A

lndicates if the throttle motor has been fully closed before.
"DONE" is indicated when it has, and "YET" is shown when
it has not yet.
VOLTAGE PI I I A lndicates the voltage measured with a voltage probe.
lndicates the pulse measured with a pulse probe.
- If it cannot be measured, "%" is shown on the display. The
PULSE [ms, Hz, %I h
%" mark is also shown to the left of the final data until the
measuring result is output.
I ACTIVE TEST PROCEDURE

SULT.
4. Touch "START" on CONSULT screen.
5. Touch "THROTTLE CONTROL" on CONSULT screen.
TCSIABS SYSTEM
System (Cont'd)
bJ SELECT DIAG MODE Touch "ACTIVE TEST".
&
SELF-DIAG RESULTS
I
DATA MONITOR 1
ACTIVE TEST
I
ECU PART NUMBER

I
Touch "MOTOR THROSTLE OPEN" on the "SELECT TEST

I P?j SELECTTEST ITEM ITEMnscreen.
I THROTIIEZ OPENING a
I THROTTLE MOTOR I
1 THROTLE MOTOR RLY1
Touch "START' with "MAIN SIGNALS" reversed.
Set the motor throttle target angle to 0° (fully closed).

w ACTIVE TEST The motor throttle target angle shown on the screen is 2".
THRTL2 OPENlNG 0.00"
---------- MONITOR ==========
----------
THRL2 OPENING 0.00"
THMOTORDUTY 20.0°/0
After the steps above, confirm that the engine speed is limited
when the acceleration pedal is depressed.
As shown above, change the motor throttle angle several times
while observing the limitation of the engine speed in accor-
dance with the throttle angle.
TCSfABS SYSTEM

System
1. Turn ignition switch ON or start the engine to start self-diagnosis. g
2. The control unit LED comes on to indicate the malfunction code No.
3. Verify the location of the malfunction with "MALFUNCTION CODEISYMPTOM CHART", BR-42. Then
make the necessary repairs. EC
4. After the malfunctions are repaired, erase the malfunction codes stored in the control unit. Refer to "HOW
TO ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS" shown below.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and then turn ignition switch ON or start the engine to verify that the malfunction AT
codes have been erased.
6. Verify that SLIP indicator lamp and TCS indicator lamp are OFF.
HOW TO READ SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS (Malfunction codes)

p
Determine the code No. by observing the time and the frequency that the throttle control unit LED blinks
ON and OFF. When multiple malfunctions occur at a time, all the code numbers can be stored. The indi-
cation begins with the start code No. 12, followed by the stored malfunction codes. The smallest number
of the stored codes appears first and the others follow sequentially. The indication then returns to the start
code No. 12 to repeat. RS
The malfunction code No. 55 is only indicated repeatedly when there is no malfunction.
-
Example: Code No. 12 and No. 33
0.6 0.3 0.6 0.3
-
(tens digit) '
ON
- 'c
-- (units digit)
-- -
L
1 -
C I W
OFF
\5 I - - . d b r
1-1r-t =i i
P
0.9 0.3 3.3
L
0.6
-Z
0.9-1 /
-
3.3 'To be repeated
L
Code No. 12 Code No. 33 Unit: seconds
BR90025D
HOW TO ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS (Malfunction codes)

I . With the throttle fully open, turn the neutral position switch OFF (or a position other than P and N).
2. Turn ignition switch-ON without starting the-engine. Then, turn the pa;k/neutral position switch ON (or P
or N} and release the acceleration pedal.
As for the following items, self-diagnostic results can be erased if the conditions in the chart are met. In
this case the steps above are not necessary.
-
Malfunction code
Malfunctioning part Condition
No.
Circuit for the communication line (DKR line) between
Normal communication synchronicity is achieved.
the TCS control unit and the throttle control unit
The start signal is detected next time the ignition
switch is turned ON.
ParWneutral position switch operation is detected next
ParWneutral position switch circuit
time the ignition switch is turned ON.
TCSfABS SYSTEM
System (Cont'd)
MALFUNCTION CODE/SYMPTOM CHART
Malfunction Lamp ON Fail-safe
Malfunctioning part
code No. SLIP I TCS OFF I ABS operation
Throttle position sensor circuit 0 0 . - 0
Throttle motor sensor circuit 0 0 - 0
Circuit for the communication line between TCSfABS con-
trol unit and throttle control unit 0 0 - 0
Actuator system (Motor circuit is open or throttle motor -
intermittently works.) 0 0 0
Throttle motor drive system (overcurrent) 0 0 - 0
Throttle motor relay circuit (shorted) 0 0 - 0
Throttle motor relay circuit (open) 0 0 - 0
I - I - - -
Throttle motor return spring
I 0 I 0 I - I 0
ParWneutral position switch circuit - - - -
Normal - - - -
I I I I
": Even when start signal circuit or parkheutral position switch circuit is abnormal, TCS operates properly. LED only blinks to
indicate the location of the malfunction.
STEERING SYSTEM
SECTION ST
CONTENTS
ELECTRIC SUPER HICAS..............................................2 Control Unit Input/Output Signal Specifications ..........5
RS
Pre-inspection.............................................................-2 Preliminary Check....................................................... -7
System Description...................................................... 2 Trouble Diagnosis with CONSULT ..............................7 M!gJ
Com~onentParts Location .......................................... 3 Trouble Diagnosis with Self-diagnosis....................... 12
Circuit Diagram............................................................4 Symptom Chalt .......................................................... 14
ELECTRIC SUPER HICAS
INSPECTION BEFORE DRIVING

Check fluid leakage from power steering components (gear, pump, piping, etc.), and check whether the
fluid level is within the proper range.
Check whether tire size and inflation pressure are within the specified limits. Check also whether the
steering wheel is a genuine part, and whether a non-genuine control unit is attached.
Check whether wheel alignment is within the specified limits.
Check whether suspension system is modified, and whether the modification, if any, has increased the
vehicle weight.
INSPECTION DURING DRIVING

Check facts about trouble (what, when, where, who, why and how).
Check whether the engine is running in good condition.
System Description
This system contains two functions for SUPER HICAS: self-diagnosis function and fail-safe function.
For self-diagnosis function, refer to "SELF-DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE on pages ST-7 and ST-12.
FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION
If the system detects some error, it halts the normal control and enters the fail-safe mode.
In this event, the system notifies the driver of a malfunction by turning ON the HICAS warning lamp.
The fail-safe mode is canceled when ignition switch is turned OFF. If, however, the fail-safe mode is caused
by a vehicle speed signal error, it is automatically canceled when the signal is restored before the ignition
switch is turned OFF.
HICAS WARNING LAMP

When the system is in normal condition, HICAS warning lamp is turned ON by switching the ignition ON, and
is turned OFF after engine has started.
EPS solenoid valve
sensor
C
I
,nHlCAS motor relay
Front right corner of trunk room

Circuit Diagram
Sensor 1 signal X E
-
cu Sensor 2 signal
CU
m
f Neutral signal

Terminal No.
Check item Specification
Control unit ground circuit When control unit is disconnected : Continuity exists.
Motor driving output signal
When ignition switch is ON : Power supply voltage

Motor voltage
(In fail-safe mode : OV)
When vehicle speed is 0 krn/h : Approx. 4.4 - 6.6V
EPS solenoid driving signal
When vehicle speed is 100 km/h : Approx. 2.4 - 3.6V
Battery voltage I Power supply voltage
Data link connector for CONSULT (TX) I -
Measure tachometer driving signal.
Engine speed signal Refer to EC section YECM (TCM) Input/Output Signal
Reference Value7 .
When ignition switch is ON : Power supply voltage
Ignition voltage
When ignition switch is OFF : OV
/ Body
ground
HlCAS waming lamp
When HlCAS warning lamp is ON
When HlCAS warning lamp is OFF
: Approx. OV
: Approx. 12V
When ignition switch is ON : Approx. 12V
Output signal for driving motor relay
(In fail-safe mode : Approx. OV)
Data link connector for CONSULT (RX) I -
Stop lamp switch signal When pedal is depressed : Power supply voltage
(Send brake pedal operation signal to control unit.) When pedal is not depressed : OV
v
Steering angle sensor 2 When steering wheel is turned, the voltage changes
Steering angle sensor 1 between 0 and 5V.
Body Ground circuit for rear steering angle sensor Continuity exists.
ground - --
Neutral signal of rear steering angle sensor When neutral : Appro~.5V
Output signal of rear steering angle sensor I When neutral : Approx. 2.4V
When ignition switch is ON : Approx. 5V

Power supply for rear steering angle sensor
When ignition switch is OFF : Approx. OV
ELECTRIC SUPER HlCAS
(Cont'd)
USING CONSULT
The displayed output signals represent the control unit com-
puted data. If the output circuit (harness) should be open,
correct values may be displayed.
Data monitor
Monitor item Check item
Condition I Specification
VHCL SPEED SE Vehicle is running or driving Approximately equal to speed-
Vehicle speed sensor circuit
[km/hj wheels are turning. ometer reading
--
STEERING ANG Steering wheel is turned right Steering angle (degrees) mea-
[R/Ll or left. sured from neutral position
Steering angle sensor circuit
NEUTRAL SIG Steering wheel is in neutral When neutral: ON
[ON-OFF] position or turned right or left. When turned (right or left): OFF
I
When pedal is depressed: ON
STOP LAMP SW
Brake pedal operation When pedal is not depressed: Stop lamp switch circuit
[ON-OFF]
OFF
ENGINE SPEED Approximately equal to tachom- Wiring in ECM-HICAS control
Engine is running.
[r~ml eter reading unit
In neutral position:
Approx. 2.4V
1"l
I Actuator is operating in active I In right lock position: Rear steering angle sensing
test. Approx. 4.4V system
in left lock position:
Approx. 0.4V
POWER STR SOL Vehicle speed is changed from At 0 km/h: Approx. 1.10A System related to power steer-
[A1 0 to 100 krnh. At 100 krn/h: Approx. 0.48A ing solenoid output signal
MOTOR CURRENT Actuator is operating in active OK if output current is detected Motor and its power supply
PI test. during operation system
I Power supply system for
HlCAS RELAY HICAS motor relay
When ignition switch is ON: ON
[ON-OFF] System related to relay driving
1 signal from control unit
Check malfunctioning parts
FAILSAFE
Not in operation using self-diagnosis and data
[ON-OFF]
monitor.
Ignition switch is ON or engine
is running. When warning lamp is ON: ON
WARNING LAMP
When warning lamp is OFF: Warning lamp circuit
[ON-OFF]
OFF
RR ST ANG-VOL Rear steering angle sensing
Approx. 5V
[Vl system
MOTOR VOLTAGE
Power supply voltage Motor power supply system
[vl
C/U VOLTAGE Ignition switch is ON or engine Control unit power supply cir-
Power supply voltage
[VI is running. cuit
Preliminary Check
1. Check HICAS actuator for improper attachment and condi-
tions.
Check the actuator for loose fasteners, damage in actuator
body, rods and dust boots, and grease leaks. @
2. Check suspension system for improper attachment of links and
excessive play in axles.
3. Check all connectors for improper connections. yp
'SU
4. Conduct inspection using self-diagnosis function.
Trouble Diagnosis with CONSULT AT

DESCRIPTION
The trouble diagnoses have four modes: Self-diagnosis, Data B8
monitor, Active test and ECM Part Number modes.
Mode Function Mode switching Display

SELF-D'AGNoSTIC
Displays results of self-diagnosis.
RESULTS RS
Used to find main causes of trouble,
based on the result of self-diagnosis.
DATA MONITOR
0 Monitors, records and prints the input and Mode is switched simply by
Qkl
output of HICAS control unit. The CONSULT screen dis-
touching the CONSULT
plays the data.
Used to find main causes of trouble, screen. EL
based on the result of data monitor.
ACTIVE TEST
Used to check the operation of actuator
by sending driving signals to it.
ECM PART NUMBER a Displays the part number of control unit.
After connecting CONSULT to data link connector, start the
engine.
I r
$ SELECT DlAG MODE u] Touch START (on CONSULT display).
Touch HICAS.
SELF-DIAG RESULTS I +
Touch SELF-DIAG RESULTS.
Refer to CONSULT operation manual iiHICASJ'for details.
DATA MONITOR
ACTIVE TEST
ECM PART NUMBER
u
Trouble Diagnosis with CONSULT (Cont'd)
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS MOI
- - - - -
Diagnostic item Diagnostic item is detected when... I Remarks

VEHICLE SPEED SEN Vehicle speed signal changes rapidly during
[SIGNAL TURN](.b) running.
I This code appears also when
Vehicle speed signal is not sensed for more engine is idling at 1,500 rpm
CODE 54 than 10 seconds while the vehicle is running or faster for more than 10
at 1,500 rpm of engine speed. , seconds; in this case, it does
not indicate abnormality.
STEERING ANGLE SEN Steering angle does not change for a while
[NO ANG SIG](.a) when vehicle is running at 60 km,h or faster.
Steering angle from neutral position is kept at
STEERING ANGLE SEN
60" degrees or more for a certain time when
[ANG SIG FIX](.e)
vehicle is running at 50 km/h or faster.
Steering angle from neutral position is kept at
STEERING ANGLE SEN
30" degrees or more while vehicle travels a
[ANG F1X3O0](-g)
certain distance.
STEERING ANGLE SEN No neutral signal (ON signal) is sensed while
[NO NEUT SIG](.b) vehicle travels a certain distance.
STEERING ANGLE SEN No neutral signal (ON signal) is sensed while
[NEU SIG OFF](.c) steering wheel is turned more than 360'.
No neutral signal (OFF signal) is sensed while
STEERING ANGLE SEN
steering wheel is turned more than 50"
[NEUT SIG ON](.d)
degrees.
- - --
a When steering wheel is turned 360" after the

STEERING ANGLE SEN
detection of neutral signal, the neutral signal is
[OFFSET NEUTJ(.f)
sensed for a certain period of time.
For a certain period of time, input signal from
RR ST ANGLE SENSOR
main sensor shows abnormality against sensor
[MAIN SIGNAL](.a)
power supply voltage.
a When input signal from main sefisor shows
RR ST ANGLE SENSOR 2.5+1 V, input signal from sub-sensor shows
[SUB SIGNALJ(.b) abnormality against sensor power supply volt-
age for a certain period of time.
- -
Input signals from main sensor and sub-sen-

RR ST ANGLE SENSOR
sor show more than a certain amount of differ-
[OFFSET SIG](-C)
ence from each other.
RR ST ANGLE SENSOR The voltage is higher or lower than the stan-
[ABNORMAL VOL](.d) r dard value.
a Engine speed shows an abnormally low value
ENG REV SIGNAL
for a certain period of time when vehicle is
[ABNORMAL SIGNAL]
running at 2 krnlh or faster.
a When HlCAS motor relay is ON, motor power
MOTOR VOLTAGE
supply voltage shows an abnormally lower
[LOW VOLTAGE](-a)
value than ignition power supply voltage.
When control unit keeps motor power OFF, the
MOTOR VOLTAGE
motor power voltage shows a non-zero value
[BAD OBSTRCT](.b)
for a certain period of time.
When a motor current is more than IOA, the
MOTOR OUTPUT
actual output of the motor shows an abnor-
[ABNORML SIG](.a)
mally low value for a certain period of time.
- -
MOTOR OUTPUT When motor output is kept ON, a reverse cur-

[REV CURRENTJ(-C) rent is flowing.
ELECTRIC SUPER HlCAS
Diagnostic item Diagnostic item is detected when ... I Remarks
MOTOR OUTPUT When motor output is kept OFF,a current is
[NO CURRENTJ(.d) flowing.
MOTOR OUTPUT When motor output is kept ON, an overcurrent
[OVERCURRENTl(.e) is flowing.
Signal from rear steering angle sensor does
MOTOR OUTPUT
not change for a certain period of time while a
[MOTOR LOCK](.b)
motor current of 17A or more is flowing.
When vehicle is running, vehicle speed signal
VEHICLE SPEED SEN
is not sensed for a certain period of time after
[RAPD SIGN CHANGE21
it has changed rapidly.
"VEHICLE SPEED SEN [RPD SIG CHG2J"
VEHICLE SPEED SEN has occurred previously, and vehicle speed
[NO SIGNAU] signal is not sensed for a certain period of
time. I
'VEHICLE SPEED SEN [RPD SIG CHG2]" I I
has not occurred previously, and vehicle
VEHICLE SPEED SEN
speed signal is not sensed for a certain period
[NO SIGNAL31
of time while the vehicle is running at 1,500
rpm of engine speed.
CONTROL UNIT
Control unit is malfunctioning.
[ABNORMAL 1-61
1. After connecting CONSULT to data link connector, start the
engine.
connector for
2. Touch "START", "HICAS" and "DATA MONITOR".

b SELECT DlAG MODE 0
1
b
SELF-DIAG RESULTS
DATA MONITOR
ACTIVE TEST
ECM PART NUMBER
3. Select items to be monitored.

Ik SELECT MONITOR ITEM I 1 (1) When "ALL SIGNALS" is selected, touch "START".
(2) When "SELECTION FROM MENU" is touched, "SELECT
TEST ITEM" screen appears. Touch appropriate items on that
I SELECTION FROM MENU
screen, and touch "ENTER" and "START".
u (3) Touch "PRINT", if printout is required.
ELECTRIC SUPER HtCAS
DATA MONITOR MODE
1 Monitor item (
VHCL SPEED SE
Display
(kmh)
/1 0 II 0 I1
Main
item
Menu
item
- - Remarks
Shows a value calculated from vehicle speed sensor signal.

After battery has been disconnected and connected again, an
STEERING ANG
abnormal value is shown until neutral position (0")is detected.
NEUTRAL SIG (ON-OFF) ( 0 ( 0 I Shows whether steering wheel is in neutral position (ONIOFF).
STOP LAMP SW (ON-OFF) I 0 I 0 IShows whether stop lamp switch is ON or OFF.
Shows the engine speed caicuiated from crankshaft position sen-
ENGINE SPEED
1 I I
sor signal.
RR ST ANG.MAI (V) I 0 I 0 IShows the output voltage from rear steering angle main sensor.
RR ST ANG.SUB (V) 0 0 Shows the output voltage from rear steering angle sub-sensor.
POWER STR SOL
MOTOR CURRENT
)('
(A) I
'0 I 0' 1I Shows the control unit's control current for power steering sole-
noid.
-- - - - -
shows the control unit's control current for HICAS motor relay.
- -
HlCAS RELAY (ON-OFF) / 0 I 0 I Shows whether HlCAS motor relay is ON or OFF.

FAILSAFE (ON-OFF) I 0 I 0 I Shows whether fail-safe function is in operation (ONIOFF).
WARNING LAMP (ON-OFF) I Q I 0 ) Shows the control unit3 ON-OFF status of HlCAS warning lamp.
Shows the power supply voltage from HICAS control unit to rear
steering angle sensor.
CIU VOLTAGE (V) ( 0 I 0 IShows the power supply voltage to HICAS control unit.
Shows the power supply voltage from HICAS control unit to
MOTOR VOLTAGE
HlCAS motor.
I I IShows the measured value by voltage probe.
- - - - --
- 0
1 / 1
VOLTAGE (V)
Shows the measured value by pulse probe. If measurement is
PULSE (mi, Hi and %I - 0 impossible, "#" appears. The "#" mark is shown also on the left of
final data until measurement is completed.
After connecting CONSULT to data link connector, start the
engine.
connector for
Touch "START", "HICAS and "ACTIVE TEST".

'@g SELECT DlAG MODE
SELF-DIAG RESULTS
i
DATA MONITOR
ACTIVE TEST
ECM PART NUMBER

u
Touch 'SIMULATE" and "SELECT MONITOR ITEM".
Turn the steering wheel right or left to make the rear actuator
1 I lhil SELECT MONITOR ITEM I 1 operate.
Reference values in normal condition
SELECTION FROM MENU Steering angle Rear steering Rear steering
I I l ---
sensor
0" (Neutral) I
angle main sensor angle sub-sensor
2.4V I 2.4V I
Motor current
No (Approx OV)
--
I
R 90" 4.4V 4.4V
START I L 90" 0.4V 0.4V
Yes (Variable)
ECM PART NUMBER

After connecting CONSULT to data link connector, turn ignition
switch ON.
Touch "START', "HICAS" and "ECM PART NUMBER7'.
Part number printed on the control unit label and part number
shown on the CONSULT screen are as follows:
2-door model: 28505 AAI 00
4-door model: 28505 A A l l 0
Trouble Diagnosis with Self-diagnosis

DESCRIPTION
If the system detects some error while vehicle is running, it notifies
the driver of a malfunction by turning ON the HICAS warning lamp,
and at the same time, it halts the normal control and enters the
fail-safe mode.
1. Start the engine.
2. Within 10 seconds after the engine has started, turn the steer-
ing wheel more than 20" right-to-left and repeat this 5 times or
more, and then depress the brake pedal 5 times or more.
Trouble Diagnosis with Self-diagnosis (Cont'd)
DIAGNOSTIC ITEM INPUT
1. Move the vehicle one or two meters at a very low speed.
2. Turn the steering wheel more than 20" right-to-left once or
more.
Example: Motor power supply and steering DISPLAY OF SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

angle neutral signal are abnormal.
1s , The results of self-diagnosis are shown by flash patterns of HlCAS BR
warning lamp.
2H z
ON Display when past data shows that fail-safe function
OFF has been activated previously
Only an abnormal item is indicated by the pattern shown in the ~8
left figure. The pattern is repeated.
/ r Second
/ / I I display
Tens Units Tens Units starts.
Example: Motor power supply and steering Display when past data shows that fail-safe function
angle neutral signal are abnormal.
has not been activated previously EL
1s- ,
-
0.8s A ,2S , ,1.8S
-
If all items are normal, HlCAS warning lamp flashes at a fre-
quency of 4 Hz. sD
ON
OFF-
5s 55 1s
I - -
-.-- -
1.8s v".2S
' 1 7, If system is in fail-safe mode, only an abnormal item is indi-
cated by the pattern shown in the left figure. The pattern is
repeated.
/ -j-
I_
&lnd,
Tens
(12)
Units Tens
(23)
display
Units starts.
STE0109D
/
MALFUNCTION CODE CHART
Malfunction code No. 1 Diagnostic item
11 I Control unit
12 Motor power supply
13 Motor output
21 [~ z speed
e signal
22 ISteering angle signal
--
23 ] S t e e r i n g angle neutral signal

24 IRear steering angle main sensor signal
25 I Rear steering angle sub-sensor signal
33 I Engine speed signal
If past record shows that fail-safe function has been activated
previously, use CONSULT, or leave the battery disconnected for
more than 30 minutes to clear the memory.
Symptom Chart
Diagnostic item
Self-diagnosis CONSULT
-
Mal-
func-
Diagnostic
tion Diagnostic item
item
code
No.
Control unit CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL 1-61

Motor power MOTOR VOLTAGE [LOW VOLTAGE](-a)
supply MOTOR VOLTAGE [BAD OBSTRCTJ(.b)
MOTOR OUTPUT [ABNORML SIG](.a)
- -
MOTOR OUTPUT [MOTOR LOCq(-b)

Motor output MOTOR OUTPUT [REV CURRENT](-C)
MOTOR OUTPUT [NO CURRENT(-d)
MOTOR OUTPUT [OVERCURRENTI(-e)
CODE 54
- -
VEHICLE SPEED SEN [NO SIGNAL21

Vehicle
VEHICLE SPEED SEN [NO SIGNAL31
speed signal
VEHICLE SPEED SEN [SIGNAL TURNJ(.b)
VEHICLE SPEED SEN [RPD SIG CHG21
STEERING ANGLE SEN [NO ANG SIG](.a)
Steering
STEERING ANGLE SEN [ANG SIG FIXJ(.~)
angle signal
STEERING ANGLE SEN [ANG FIX30°](-g)
- - -- -- - -
STEERING ANGLE SEN [NO NEUT

SIG](-b)
STEERING ANGLE SEN [NEUT SIG
Steering
OFFI(4 cg
angle neutral
signal STEERING ANGLE SEN [NEUT SIG
ONI(.d)
STEERING ANGLE SEN [OFFSET
NEUTJ(-f)
RR ST ANGLE SENSOR [MAIN
Rear steer- SIGNAL](-a)
ing angle -
RR ST ANGLE SENSOR [ABNORML

main sensor
VOL](.d)
signal
RR ST ANGLE SENSOR [OFFSET SIG](.c)
Rear steer- RR ST ANGLE SENSOR [SUB SIGNAL](.b)

ing angle RR ST ANGLE SENSOR [ABNORML
sub-sensor VOL](.d)
signal RR ST ANGLE SENSOR [OFFSET SIGJ(C)
Engine
ENG REV SIGNAL [ABNORMAL SIGNAL]
speed signal
Diagnostic item
Self-diagnosis CONSULT
-
Mal-
f unc-
tion Diagnostic Diagnostic item
item
code
No.
Cannot enter self-diagnosis mode.

HICAS warning lamp is not tumed ON by switching the ignition
3N.
IICAS warning lamp is turned ON by switching the ignition ON but
s not turned OFF by starting the engine.
llumination of HICAS warning lamp has occurred after engine
;tarted.
Steering effort does not change with vehicle speed.
rhere is an abnormal noise.
Self-diagnosis with CONSULT displays "CODE54".
RESTRAINT SYSTEM
SECTION RS
CONTENTS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES - Supplemental Preliminary Check....................................................... .3
Restraint System (SRS) ................................................. 2 Trouble Diagnoses with CONSULT .............................3
Component Parts Location..........................................2 Trouble Diagnoses without CONSULT ........................
Precautions ................................................................. -2 Symptom Chart ............................................................ 9
Circuit Diagram ............................................................2 Component Parts Inspection ..................................... 10
T?
2
1
-3
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES - supplemental Restraint System (SRS)

Passenger air bag module
Diagnos~ssensor unit Driver air bag module
S~deair bag nodule
Satell~tesensor
Seat belt pre-tensloner
SRB0568D
Precautions
To perform system diagnosis, use self-diagnosis function and
CONSULT.
Do not use electrical test equipment such as a circuit tester
because any wrong operation caused by a weak electric cur-
rent of a tester must be prevented.
Circuit Diagram
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES - Su~plementalRestraint Svstem (SRS)
Preliminary Check
Check battery voltage and specific gravity.
When battery voltage drops to less than approx. 9V, the
"AIR BAG" warning lamp starts flashing (indicating a mal-
function). Gj
Check the connections of component connectors.
Check that the fuse is not blown.
3F
Trouble Diagnoses with CONSULT

Connect CONSULT to data link connector on the vehicle.
Turn ignition switch "ON". 83
Touch "AIR BAG" on the CONSULT screen.
connector for
Touch an appropriate mode key on "SELECT DlAG MODE"

SELF-DlAG [CURRENT] C screen. gL
The self-diagnostic result for the selected mode is displayed.
Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to the self-
* NO SELF DIAGNOSTIC diagnostic result. 89
FAILURE INDICATED.
Touch "PRINT, if printout is required.
FURTHER TESTING After repairing the malfunction, touch "SELF-DIAG
MAY BE REQUIRED. $ * [CURRENT]", and after checking that "NO SELF DIAGNOSTIC
FAILURE INDICATED" is shown on the display, touch
"ERASE.
1- PRINT For seat belt pre-tensioner system, the diagnostic proce-
dure is completed when "NO SELF DIAGNOSTIC FAILURE
INDICATED" is displayed.
9. Return to "SELECT DlAG MODE" screen and touch "SELF-

DlAG [PAST]".
10. After checking that "NO SELF DIAGNOSTIC FAILURE INDI-
CATED" is displayed on the "SELF-DIAG [PAST]" screen, fin-
* NO SELF DIAGNOSTIC ish the diagnosis.
FAILURE INDICATED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED. **
t
PRINT
SRS609
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES - Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
Trouble Diagnoses with CONSULT (Cont'd)
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC CODE CHART
1
--
Diagnostic item Explanation Repair order

NO SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
FAILURE INDICATED
I NO malfunction is detected.
I -
AIRBAG MODULE Driver air bag module circuit is open (including the
iOPENl spiral cable).
AIRBAG MODULE Driver air bag module circuit is shorted to some power 1. Visually check the wiring harness c~nnection.
IVB-SHORTI supply circuit (including the spiral cable). 2. Check conbnuity of the spiral cable.
3. Replace driver air bag module.
AIRBAG MODULE Driver air bag module circuit is shorted to ground 4. Replace the diagnosis sensor unit.
IGND-SHORTI (including the spiral cable). 5. Replace the harness if it has visible damage.
AIRBAG MODULE Driver air bag module circuits are shorted to each
[SHORT] other (includina the s ~ i r acable).
l
CONTROL UNIT
--
I Diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning.

I 1. Visually check the diagnosis sensor unit connection.
2. Replace t9e diagnosis sensor unit.
ASSIST N B MODULE
[OPEN]
I Passenger air bag circuit is open.
I
ASSIST N B MODULE Passenger air bag circuit is shorted to Some Power 1. Visually check the wiring hamess connection.
NB-SHORTI supply circuit. ,
2. Replace passenger air bag module.
ASSIST N B MODULE 3. Replace the diagnosis sensor unit.
Passenger air bag circuit is shorted to ground. 4. Replace t!!e harness if it has visible damage.
[GND-SHORV
ASSIST N B MODULE Passenger air bag circuits are shorted to each other.
lSHORTl
SlDE MODULE RH Driver side air bag circuit is open.
{OPEN]
SlDE MODULE RH Driver side air bag circuit is shorted to Some power 1. Visually check the wiring hamess connection.
[VB-SHORT] supply circuit. 2. Replace driver side air bag module.
SlDE MODULE RH 3. Replace the diagnosis sensor unit.
[GND-SHORTI Driver side air bag circuit is shorted to ground. 4. Replace the harness if it has visible damage.
SlDE MODULE RH Driver side air bag circuits are shorted to each other.
[SHORT]
SlDE MODULE LH
[OPEN]
I Passenger side air bag circuit is open.
I
SIDE MODULE LH Pa~Sengefside air bag circuit is shorted to Some Visually check the wiring harness connection.
NB-SHORTI power supply circuit. - 2.1. Replace passenger side air bag module.
SlDE MODULE LH 3. Replace the diagnosis sensor unit.
[GND-SHORT] Passenger side air bag circuit is shorted to ground. 4. Replace the harness if it has visible damage.
SlDE MODULE LH Passenger side air bag circuits are shorted to each
ISHORTl other.
1. Visually check driver satellite sensor connection.
SATELLITE SENS RH Driver satellite sensor is malfunctioning. 2. Replace the driver satellite sensor.
[UNIT FAIL] 3. ReDlace the harness if it has visible damage.
Driver satellite sensor is malfunctioning. 1. Visually check driver satellite sensor connection.
SATELLITE SENS RH Diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning. 2. Replace the driver satellite sensor.
[COMM FAIL] Wiring harness between diagnosis sensor unit and 3. Replace the diagnosis sensor unit.
satellite sensor is damaged. 4. Replace the harness if it has visible damage.
1. Visuallv check the connection of passenqer satellite
0i
SATELLITE SENS LH sensor:
0 Passenger satellite sensor is malfunctioning. 2. Replace C!e passenger satellite sensor.
[UNIT FAIL]
3. Re~lacethe harness if it has visible damage.
1. Visually check the connection of passenger satellite
Passenger satellite sensor is malfunctioning. sensor.
SATELLITE SENS LH Diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning.
[COMM FAIL] Wiring harness between diagnosis sensor unit and
satellite sensor is damaged.
~~~ E;the harness
:4. ~~~/Replace $~~,","$,"~~~~~t",$fnsOr'
if it has visible damage.
I J.
DRIVE PRE-TENSIONER The circuit for the driver seat belt pre-tensioner is 1. Visually check the wiring harness connection.
[OPENNB-SHORT] open or shorted to some power supply circuit. 2. Replace driver seat belt pre-tensioner.
DRIVE PRE-TENSIONER The circuit for the driver seat belt pre-tensioner is 3. Replace the diagnosis sensor unit.
shorted to ground. 4. Replace the harness if it has visible damage.
[GND-SHORTJ
ASSIST PRE-TENSIONER The circuit for the passenger seat belt pre-tensioner is 1. Visually check the wiring harness connection.
[OPENNB-SHORT] open or shorted to some power supply circuit. 2. Replace passenger seat belt pre-tensioner.
ASSIST PRE-TENSIONER The circuit for the passenger seat belt pre-tensioner is 3. Replace the diagnosis sensor unit.
shorted to ground. 4. Replace the harness if it has visible damage.
[GND-SHORT]
I I
a The screens for "SELF-DIAG [CURRENTJ","SELF-DIAG [PAST]" and "TROUBLE DlAG RECORD" share the same message.
Follow the repair procedures in numerical order. Check whether a malfunction is eliminated each time a repair item is
finished, and when the malfunction is eliminated, further repair work is not required.
After repairing the system, touch "ERASE" to clear the memory and check with CONSULT again.
If both seat belt pre-tensioner systems on the driver seat and passenger seat have failed at the same time, only one of
the two failures is displayed first. The other failure is displayed after the first failure is repaired. For seat belt pre-tensioner
systems, only "SELF-DIAG [CURRENTJ" is displayed; "SELF-DIAG [PASTJ" and "TROUBLE DlAG RECORD" are not dis-
played.
RS-4
Trouble Diagnoses with CONSULT (Cont'd)
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS RECORD
If a malfunction has occurred but is not recorded on seif-diagnosis,
it may be caused by some past malfunction. In such a case, past
malfunctions can be found by selecting "TROUBLE DlAG
RECORD" in Diagnosis mode.
The "TROUBLE DlAG RECORD" can be selected for SRS air
bag system only.
Trouble Diagnoses without CONSULT

SRS AIR BAG SYSTEM
Self-diagnosis
The diagnosis modes are User mode and Diagnosis mode.
Switching between the two modes is accomplished by using
ignition switch and driver door switch.
Turn diver door switch 'ON" and
'OFF" at least 5 times within 7
User mode
-
seconds after sw~tching the
ignition "ON".
-mode
- Diagnosis
b A
k Turn driver door switch "ON"
and "OFF at least 5 , times
within 7 seconds after sw~tching
the ignition "ON".
IGN SW: OFF to ON IGN SW: OFF to ON
When lamp is not flashing (indicating no malfunction) in User mode, operating the door switch cannot change
the mode to Diagnosis mode.
When no malfunction is detected in Diagnosis mode, turning the ignition switch from "OFF" to "ON" changes
the mode to User mode. SRB0395D
User mode
No malfunction is detected. (Lamp OFF)
IGN SW: ON
ON
OFF-
7 sec.
System is malfunctioning. (Lamp flashes)
ON
OFF
0.5see.
0.5 sec.
Air bag is deployed or all of diagnosis sensor unit, air bag power supply circuit and AIR BAG warning lamp cir-
cuit are malfunctioning. (Lamp ON)
ON
OFF
Either air bag sensor unit or AIR BAG warning lamp circuit is malfunctioning. (Lamp OFF)
IGN SW: ON
OFF +
SRB0412D
The display indicating a malfunction (flashes) keeps operation

until reset. If, however, the malfunction is a low battery volt-
age (less than 9V), the display changes from flashing to nor-
mal operation when the battery voltage has returned to normal
(more than 9V).
Trouble Diagnoses without CONSULT (Cont'd)
Diaanosis mode
- --- -
Malfunctioningpart Diagnostic item Warning lamp fiash pattern
IGN SW: ON
No malfunction is detected.
AIR BAG warning lamp (LED)is checked. Unit: sec.
Two flashes
Driver air bag module

u H-+H
Short-circuit between wires I 2 2 0.5 Unit: sec.
Seven flashes
ON F
Diagnosis sensor unit Unit malfunction 7 -3 -

OFF C
y H H f t
2 0.5
H
2 Unit: sec.
Open circuit
Eight flashes
Shorted to power supply circuit ON
Passenger air bag mod-
OFF 7
ule Shorted to ground
Short-circuit between wires 2 2 0.5 2 Unit: sec.

- -
Open circuit
One flash
ON
Driver side air bag 7
OFF
2 3 0.5 Unit: sec.
Open circuit I Two flashes
Passenger side air bag

w+
2 6.5 % Unit: sec.
Satellite sensor malfunction I

Open circuit
- -- -- -
I Three flashes
ON
Driver satellite sensor
Shorted to power supply circuit
-- -- pp - -
I 7
1
Shorted to ground OFF
Short-circuit between wires

Unit: sec.
Diagnosis sensor unit malfunction
Satellite sensor malfunction
Open circuit Four flashes
ON
Passenger satellite sen- Shorted to power supply circuit
OFF
sor Shorted to ground
2 0.5 0.5 Unit: sec.
Short-circuit between wires
Diagnosis sensor unit malfunction I -04630
After
after
Trouble Diagnoses
- without CONSULT (Cont'd) \ I
@ Flash pattern when no malfunction is detected

IGN SW: ON
ON
OFF
7 -
LL-I
I I I
@ Flash pattern when one unit (driver air bag module) is malfunctioning
IGN SW: ON a through c are repeated.
@ Flash pattern when two units (driver air bag module and diagnosis sensor unit) are malfunctioning
IGN SW: ON
a b a c Repeated
ON
7
OFF A-
0.5*+
@ Flash pattern when one unit (driver side air bag module) is malfunctioning
IGN SW: ON a d a c Repeated
7 I U In
Q Flash pattern when two units (driver and passenger side air bag module) are malfunctioning
IGN SW: ON
a d a c Repeated
I n ,K
ON
7
OFF
a Flash pattern when two units (driver air bag and side air bag module) are malfunctioning
IGN SW. ON
a b a c d Repeated
7
a c d
I5a e
U n t seconds ~ ~ ~ 0 3 8 3 ~
Trouble Diagnoses without CONSULT (Cont'd)
How to erase self-diagnostic results (Reset)
After repairing the system and while staying in Diagnosis mode,
check that the system has returned to normal; then, turn the igni-
tion switch "OFF' and then back "ON". The mode returns to User
mode and the diagnosis record is erased.
SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER SYSTEM

Self-diagnosis
Only User mode is available.
.User mode
Driver seat belt
(Seat belt buckle Warning lamp flash pattern Malfunctioning part Diagnostic item
switch)
IGN SW: ON
No malfunction is
Fastened (OFF)
detected.
No malfunction is
Unfastened (ON)
detected.
I IGN SW: ON System restored
Fastened (OFF)
&
Shorted to power sup-
+o.s Sec. Driver and passenger ply circuit
seat belt pre-tensioner Open circuit
( IGN SW: ON Fastened I circuits

Diagnosis sensor unit
Shorted to ground
Diagnosis sensor unit
malfunction
Unfastened (ON)
-'n~0.5 sec.
I
I
+-OS sec. I
The display indicating a malfunction (flashes) changes to the display indicating no malfunction when the malfunction is
repaired.
After pre-tensioner is activated, the warning lamp stays "ON".
Symptom Chart
Trouble phenomenon I Malfunctioning unit I Possible cause
I I Warning lamp and internal circuit of combination meter are

BAG warning lamp does faulty. P-$ ;
AIR BAG warning lamp circuit
not turn on. (All other warn- Harness between diagnosis sensor unit and combination 'bJ
ing lamps turn on.) meter is faulty (shorted).

Diagnosis sensor unit Diagnosis sensor unit is faulty.
0 Air bag power fuse has blown.
Air bag power supply circuit
0 Air bag power harness is faulty.
I 2 ..3
AIR BAG warning lamp does I I Harness between diagnosis sensor unit and combination
L-L
not turn off (always ON). (AIR BAG warning lamp circuit I meter is faulty (open).
0 Internal circuit of combination meter is faulty. BR
Diagnosis sensor unit Diagnosis sensor unit is faulty.
Low battery voltage (Less than 9V)
AIR BAG warning lamp Conduct either diagnosis with CONSULT (self-diagnosis, trouble diagnosis record) or diagnosis
ST
flashes. without CONSULT (self-diagnosis), and repair the malfunctioning part.
When driver seat belt is fas-

tened(buckleswitchisoff)
After repairing the malfunctioning part, erase the memory for malfunction record.
SEATBELTwarninglampcircuit
Warning lamp and internal circuit of combination meter are
faulty.
1
and ignition switch is turned Harness between diagnosis sensor unit and combination HA
on, the SEAT BELT warning meter is faulty (open).
lamp does not illuminate for
seconds. (All other warning
1 Air bag power circuit
0
Air bag power fuse has blown.
Air bag- .power harness is faulty.
lamps illuminate.)
Diagnosis sensor unit 0 Diagnosis sensor unit is faulty.
When driver seat belt is fas- SEAT BELT warning lamp circuit Harness between diagnosis sensor unit and combination su
fa>
tened (buckle switch is off) meter is faulty (shorted).

,
and ignition switch is turned Harness between combination meter and driver seat belt
on, the SEAT BELT warning Driver seat belt buckle switch circuit buckle switch is faulty (shorted).
lamp does not turn off 7 sec- Driver seat belt buckle switch is faulty (sticking).
onds later.
Diagnosis sensor unit Diaqnosis sensor unit is faultv.
When driver seat belt is fas-. I I
tened (buckle switch is off) I I
and ignition switch is turned Conduct either diagnosis with CONSULT or diagnosis with-
Seat belt pre-tensioner circuit
on, the SEAT BELT warning out CONSULT, and repair the malfunctioning part.
lamp turns on, and 7 sec- I I
onds later, flashes.
When driver seat belt is not
fastened (buckle switch is on) I I Driver seat belt buckle switch ground harness is faulty
and ignition switch is tumed
on, the SEAT BELT warning
lamp turns off about 7 sec-
Driver seat belt buckle switch circuit
I
tae;): : !
tence).
belt buckle switch is faulty (contact intermit-
onds later.
If the flashing of AIR BAG warning lamp is caused by low battery voltage, self-diagnosis mode cannot be switched from User
mode to Diagnosis mode. In this case, diagnosis with CONSULT displays "NO SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FAILURE INDICATED".
Component Parts Inspection
Air bag module SPIRAL CABLE
side connector Disconnect the spiral cable connectors from air bag module
and air bag sensor unit.
Check continuity between terminals.
-
1 - 1, 2 2: Continuity shouid exist.
HEATER &
AIR CONDITIONER
SECTION HA GI
EG
CONTENTS
COOLER CYCLE ............................................................. 2 Performance Test ......................................................... 8 Rs
Deodorizing Clean Filter ..............................................2 Trouble Diagnosis by Gauge Pressure .....................10
FULLY AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER ...................... 3
System Description......................................................3
Component Parts Location..........................................4
Circuit Diagram ............................................................ 5
Trouble Diagnosis by Self-diagnosis Function .......... 11
Magnet Clutch System Check ................................... 15
Blower Fan Motor System Check.............................. 15
I
Actuator System Check ............................................. 16 EL
Automatic Amplifier Input /Output Signal Trouble Diagnosis for Each Symptom .......................17
Specifications.............................................................. .6 Component Parts Inspection ..................................... 18
SD
COOLER CYCLE
Deodorizing Clean Filter

REMOVAL
1. Remove the instrument lower assist panel.
2. Remove the clip, and remove the cover.
3. Remove the deodorizing clean filter assembly from the blower
and cooling unit.
Deodorizing clean
REPLACEMENT
Replacement period for deodorizing clean filter: Every year or
every 12,000 km
Write the necessary information on the label, and stick it in the
glove box location indicated in the left figure.
FULLY AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER
System Description
The fully automatic air conditioner system utilizes sensors to detect the in-vehicle temperature, ambient
temperature, temperature of air passing through the evaporator, and sunload. The detected values are
compared with the temperature adjustment dial setting, and calculated by the microcomputer within the
automatic amplifier. The air inlet and outlet temperatures and airflow rate are adjusted in order to main- @
tain the in-vehicle temperature.
When an abnormal pressure occurs within the cooler cycle [gauge pressure: approx. 2.7 MPa (28 kg/
cm2G) or higher; or approx. 0.18 MPa (1.8 kg/cm2-G)or lower] the refrigerant pressure sensor operates, Ec
and stops the compressor.
The ECM turns off the air conditioner relay, and stops the compressor during engine high load.
The blower fan motor utilizes a brushless motor, and controls the airflow with a built-in IC that recognizes AT
the driver signal (pulse) from the automatic amplifier.
Step-motor type actuators are employed for intake door, mode door, and air mix door. They are rotated in
response to the signal (pulse) step quantity transmitted from the automatic amplifier to control the target BR
door position.
FULLY AUTOMATIC AIR CONDlTlONER
,
Intake door actua:or
Sunload sensor
Controller
? A r condlboner relay
B&wer temperature sensor @ Refrigerant

pressure sensor
\@
fan motor 0 Blower fan motor relay @ Ambtent sensor
Compressor
@ Radiator core lower support I Engine room, right relay box

II a Liquid tank I @ Englne room. front left
I
/ Air conditioner relay
Front defros!er grille (left) Blower and cooling unit Blower and cooling unit Instrument panel, center I
lnta
1 ,?efros:er gnlie (left)
t I
I Blower fan motor
IJj Cluster lid A 0 Fuse block, rear face

1
-
Circuit Diagram
Blower tan motor relay
Rear defogger output

Rear defogger display inpui* IA Combination meter (meter UU)
Rear defogger relay
I Compressor
Blower fan driver signal
Refrigerant
Pressure sensor
Actuator driver
power source
NP ON output
lntake driver 1 lntake door actuator
N P display input
lntake driver 2
lntake driver 3
lntake driver 4
Lighting SW (1 step)
Illumination
power source Air mix driver 1
Air mrx drive: 2
Y-lkEka Air mix door actuator
Air mix driver 3

Air mix driver 4
Mode driver 1 1
Mode driver 2
Mode driver 3
Mode driver 4
INCAR
In-vehicle sensor
AM B
lluminatron groun:! Water TEMP Ambienl sensor

SUN
iND
INTAKE Sunload sensor
Sensor around
Automatic amp!iher
Automatic Amplifier Input /Output Signal

Specifications
Measurement condition
Terminal I Specification
Signal name
No. Ignition
switch I
I
Operation or condition
-
v
Battery power source OFF I Approx. 12

Ignition power source ON I - I Approx. 12
lllumination - I Lighting switch: 1 step 1 Approx. 12
ON r Lighting switch: 1 step I Approx. o
6 1 Rear defogger ON output signal
Rear defogger switch: ON
Rear defogger switch: OFF 1 Approx. 0
Approx. 5
7 Thermal transmitter
8 1 Rear defogger display input signal

Rear defogger switch: ON
Rear defogger switch: OFF 1 Approx. 12
Approx. 0
Compressor: ON Approx. 0
Compressor ON signal
Compressor: OFF Approx. 5
10 1 Ground ON -I--
- - - I Approx. 0
AfP display output signal (only Blower fan motor: ON Approx. 0
when connected) Blower fan motor: OFF Approx. 5
12 1 Actuator driver power source ON I - 1 Approx. 12
13 1 ACC power source ACC I - I Approx. 12
Right after temperature adjustment

Air mix door actuator driver signal
dial operation
Fan control signal Fan speed: Manual 1st
21 Sensor ground ON I - I Approx. 0

': Refer to "Component Parts Inspectionn.
Automatic Amplifier Input /Output Signal
Measurement condition
Terminal
Signal name Ignition Specification V
No. Operation or condition
switch
Right after mode switch (air outlet
I Mode door actuator driver signal

switch) operation
Right after FRE switch or REC

24 lntake door actuator driver signal
switch operation
26 IAmbient sensor
'' / A/P ON output (only when con-
nected)
Blower fan motor: ON
Blower fan motor: OFF
Approx. 0
Approx. 5
Right after mode switch (air outlet

Mode door actuator driver signal
switch) operation
1- lntake door actuator driver signal

switch operation
33 1 In-vehicle sensor
34 I Sunload sensor
35 1 lntake air temperature sensor

36 lntake door actuator driver signal
switch operation
*: Refer to "Component Parts Inspection".

Performance Test
PROCEDURE
Connect the manifold gauge to the vehicle side cooler cycle (service valve).
Attach a psychrometer to the recirculation air inlet port of the blower and cooling unit (below the glove box);
and attach a dry-bulb thermometer to the right side of the center ventilator grille.
Start and warm up the engine.
After warming up the engine, check that the engine speed has reached the standard idle speed.
After pressing the AUTO switch, operate the fan switch, mode switch (air outlet switch), REG switch, tem-
perature adjustment dial and switch; and satisfy the following conditions.
Fan speed: 4th
Air inlet: Recirculation
Air outlet: Ventilator (VENT)
Temperature setting: 18°C
Completely open the hood and all door windows, and close all doors.
Maintain these conditions until the cooler cycle stabilizes. (Approx. 10 minutes)
Maintain the engine speed at idle.
Measure the recirculation inlet temperature and humidity, outlet temperature, and cooler cycle high- and
low-pressures. Compare and judge the values with the "AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATUREAND PRESSURE
CHARACTERISTICS and "INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE AND DISCHARGEAIR TEMPERATURE CHAR-
ACTERISTICS.
Performance Test (Cont'd)
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE AND DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE CHARACTERISTICS
Intake air temperature -.
.AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE CHARACTERISTICS
Ambient temperature ---------t

HAK0660D
Trouble Diagnosis by Gauge Pressure

Connect the manifold gauge to the cooler cycle (service valve). Speculate and correct the root cause and
trouble location based on the cooler cycle pressure.
Symptom Cycle status Probable cause Corrective action
lnsufficient cooling by con-
denser
Radiator fan malfunction Repair or replace faulty parts.
lmproper air guard attach- Clean or repair the condenser
Pressure retums to normal ment fins.
Both high- and low-pressures
when water is splashed on the Clogged or dirty condenser
are high.
condenser. fins
Recover all refrigerant. Re-
Refrigerant over-charge vacuum and charge to appro-
priate amount.
When the compressor is
stopped, the pressure drops Recover all refrigerant. Re-
High-pressure is too high. suddenly approx. 2 kg/cm2. Air is mixed in the cooler cycle. vacuum and charge to appro-
Then, the pressure drops priate amount.
gradually.
Temperature differences occurs Crushed or clogged high-pres-
High-pressure is high, and low- Repair or replace faulty part.
where the high-pressure pipe is sure pipe between the com-
pressure is too low.
crushed or clogged. pressor and condenser
Clogged expansion valve
Gas leak at temperature sen-
Remove foreign matter in
Evaporator outlet is not cooled. sor
expansion valve, or replace.
Clogging due to foreign mat-
ter
There is a temperature differ-
ence at the liquid tank outlet Liquid tank malfunction
Both high- and low-pressures Replace liquid tank.
pipe, or liquid tank is covered (clogged strainer)
are low. (Sometimes the low with frost.
pressure is negative.)
lmproper attachment or failure Replace intake air temperature
Evaporator outlet pipe is cov-
of intake air temperature sen- sensor, or repair thermistor
ered with frost (no airflow).
sor thermistor attachment position.
There is some temperature dif-

I Inspect for refrigerant leakage.
Recover all refrigerant. Re-
ference between compressor lnsufficient refrigerant
vacuum and charge to appro-
high- and low-pressure pipes.
priate amount.
Extract all refrigerant. Suffi-
Sometimes, the evaporator out- Moisture is mixed in the cooler ciently vacuum and remove
Sometimes high-pressure is moisture. Charge to appropri-
let is not cooled. Sometimes, cycle. (Clogging due to frozen
low, and low-pressure is nega- ate amount. At this time,
the evaporative inlet is covered moisture in the expansion
tive. replace the liquid tank without
with frost. valve)
fail.
When the compressor is
stopped, the pressures equal- Compressor malfunction (com- I
High-pressure is low, and low- ize. There is no temperature pression defect)
Replace the compressor.
pressure is high. difference between the com- Valve damage or failure
pressor high-pressure pipe and Faulty gasket
low-pressure pipe.
HA-I 0
Trouble Diagnosis by Self-diagnosis Function
There are 5 steps in the self-diagnosis: to check for any sensor failure, and to check that a given control sig-
nal is transmitted to each output device.
i Step I I -- - -
Step 2
- - ---
Step 3
Diagnosis Each sensor check Each actuator check
content Indicator lamp check and reset check display for each sen-
- - -
Diagnostic Display segments Ambient sensor lntake door actuator lntake door actuator Ambient sensor
item 0 Indicator lamp In-vehicle sensor Air mix door actua- Air mix door actua- In-vehicle sensor
lntake air tempera- tor tor lntake air tempera-
ture sensor Mode door actuator Mode door actuator ture sensor
Sunload sensor Blower fan motor
Compressor
Air purifier (only
when connected)
SELF-DIAGNOSIS OPERATION PROCEDURE R8

Switching to self-diagnosis mode
Turn the temperature adjustment dial all the way to the left.
Start the engine with the ignition switch from OFF position. Within 10 seconds, press and hold the OFF
switch for more than approx. 5 seconds, to start the self-diagnosis step 1.
Self-diagnosis completion EL
a Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Turn the AUTO switch ON.
Switching between self-diagnosis steps
Use the temperature adjustment dial to switch between self-diagnosis steps 1 to 5.
Temperature adjustment dial (turn clockwise): Step 1-5
Temperature adjustment dial (turn counterclockwise): Step 5- 1
a Refer to "SELF-DIAGNOSIS DISPLAY ITEM" for the diagnosis contents of each step.
(Cont'd)
Step 1 IGN SW: OFF

AUTO SW: ON *
4
(CW) Turn the temperature (CCW) Turn the temperature
adjustment dial. adjustment dial. I
Step 2
I
IGN SW: OFF
AUTO SW: ON *
Step 3
AUTO SW: ON +
I
(CW) Tum the temperature
adjustment dial.
T
(CCW) Turn the temperature
adjustment dial.
I
I Step 4
I AUTO SW: ON *
CW: Clockwise
I
CCW: Counterclockwise
Step 5 Detected temperature d~splayfor each sensor IGN SW: OFF
AUTO SW: ON
SELF-DIAGNOSIS DISPLAY ITEM

Step 1 - Display segments and indicator lamp check
Check the controller switch indicator lamp and display segments.
Normal: The switch indicator lamp and display segments are illu-
minated.
Abnormal: Malfunctioning area will not be illuminated.
C : Each switch indicator lamp

HAK0725D
Step 2 - Each sensor check

Display shows " 2 in the step 2 mode, and then shows the judge-
(T"e last ")
digir
lllum~natedwhen a short-
circuit is detected.
ment result.
the display code
Check the data of each sensor inputted into the automatic ampli-
fier.
Normal: Display shows "20.
Abnormal: The last digit of the display code flashes for a malfunc-
tioning sensor. At this time, if a short-circuit is detected,
the corresponding codes "AUTO is displayed. Furthermore, when there are more
than one malfunctioning sensor, the corresponding dis-
play codes flash twice starting with the smaller code.
The sunload sensor will judge an abnormality when there is
insufficient lighting (less than 5,000 lx) such as while being
placed indoor or during the evening.
(Cont'd)
Display code for malfunctioning sensor and identifying condition for automatic amplifier
Identifying condition for automatic amplifier
Display code Sensor
Open circuit Short-circuit
GI
21 Ambient sensor Less than 4 1.9"C More than 100°C
22 in-vehicle sensor Less than -41.g°C More than 100°C
24 intake air temperature sensor Less than -4 1.9"C More than 100°C EG
25 Sunload sensor Less than 4 1.8 W/m2 (36.0 kcallm2.h) More than 1729 W/m2 (1487 kcal/m2.h)
Step 3 - Each actuator check and reset

The last digit of
Display shows "3" for approx. 1 second in the step 3 mode, and BB
I
Abnormal flashes for is detected.
then shows the judgement result.
Transmit an output signal to the intake door actuator, mode door
a malfunctioning
(
actuator terminal. I actuator, and air mix door actuator; and check each actuator.
Furthermore, the actuator can be reset by pressing the front DEF
When more than one
actuator terminal
switch at this time.
are malfunctron~ng. Normal: Display shows "30". I28
Ihe corresponding codes
flash twice starting
Flashes twice Abnormal: The display code flashes for a malfunctioning actuator.
\ with the smaller code.
HAK0727C
At this time, if a short-circuit is detected, "AUTO is dis-
played. Furthermore, when there are more than one
malfunctioning sensor, the corresponding display codes
flash twice starting with the smaller code.
P
During reset: Display flashes "30"and front DEF switch. (Approx. EL
10 seconds)
Actuator display code
SD
Display code 31.0 - 32.5 33.0 - 34.5 35.0 - 36.5
Actuator Air mix door Mode door Intake door
Faulty harness display

Actuator Air mix door actuator Mode door actuator Intake door actuator
Terminal No. (actuator side) 1 2 5 6 1 2 5 6 1 2 5 6
Terminal No. (automatic
15 16 17 18 22 30 29 23 24 32 31 36
amplifier side)
Open or short-circuit failure
31.0 31.5 32.0 32.5 33.0 33.5 34.0 34.5 35.0 35.5 36.0 36.5
display
': "AUTO" is displayed for a short-circuit.
Trouble Diagnosis by Self-diagnosis Function -
When '32.5" 1s d~splayedd ~ r l n gself-diagnos~sstep 3

I I I (Cont'd)
Au;omafc amplifier 1 1 Air mix door actuator 1 When a open-circuit failure is displayed for all four terminals of
Actuator driver
powe: supply
each actuator, there is a possibility of a disconnected
Air mix driver 1 connector, or broken harness of the actuator driver power
Air mix driver 2 SOUrce.
Air mix driver 3 The self-diagnosis cannot detect short-circuit between actua-
Air mix driver 4 tor driver signals, but the actuators will vibrate when actuated.
II'
circuit
Step 4 - Each output device check

Display shows "41" in the step 4 mode. When the DEF switch is
pushed it switches from 42-343+44+45-+46-,41. As indicated in
the following table, the automatic amplifier forcefully outputs to
each actuator, blower fan motor, and compressor in response to
the display code. Confirm and check each output operation status
by observing, listening to the operating sound, placing hand at the
air outlet, or using other methods.
The operation status of each actuator, blower fan motor, and 1
compressor cannot be confirmed on the display.
Display code for output device and status
Output device
Display code
/
I
11 1
I
42 1
I
43
Mode door VENT I B/L BIL FOOT D/F DEF

Intake door Recirculation Recirculation 20% ambient Ambient Ambient Ambient
Air mix door Full cold Full cold Open 50% Open 50% Full hot Full hot
Blower fan motor 35% 75% 61% 610/e 61Yo 100%
Compressor ON ON ON OFF OFF ON
Air purifier (only when connected) ON ON ON OFF OFF ON
The blower fan motor revolution is controlled by the duty ratio

signal outputted from the automatic amplifier. (For duty ratio,
refer to "Blower Fan Motor System Check" on page HA-15.)
Step 5 - Detected temperature display for each sensor
Display shows "5" in the step 5 mode. Every time the DEF switch
is pushed, the detected sensor temperature is displayed in 0.5"C
increments.
f ' 7
-
'
Sensor display switches every tlme
the front DEF rwttch is pressed.

)- z
C
-2
2
-
In
-X
t
-al
0
-
D
E ?
A1 < -
Magnet Clutch System Check

MAGNET CLUTCH
Disconnect the compressor connector. Apply approx. 12V to the compressor to check the magnet clutch
operation. /;sn
QJg
AIR CONDITIONER RELAY
Remove the air conditioner relay. Apply approx. 12V between the air conditioner relay terminals No. 1 and
2. Check the relay operation sound.
Check the continuity between terminals No. 3 and 5.
Ec
REFRIGERANT CHARGE AMOUNT AT
Connect the manifold gauge to the vehicle side service valve.
Check that the lower pressure side (gauge pressure) is more than approx. 0.18 MPa (1.8 kg/cm2.G).
BR
ECM
Start the engine, and short-circuit the ECM terminal No. 14 to the ground. Check the magnet clutch operation.
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Start the engine, and short-circuit the intake air temperature sensor terminal No. 1 to the ground. Check the Rs
maanet clutch o~eration.
Blower Fan Motor System Check

BLOWER FAN MOTOR
Disconnect the blower fan motor connector. Short-circuit the blower fan motor terminals No. 2 and 5 to E!,l
the ground. Apply approx. 12V to the terminal No. 6, and check the motor operation.
(
Connect the blower fan motor connector. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, and change the fan sD
switch from 1st to 4th. Check the blower fan motor terminal No. 5 with an oscilloscope. When the termi-
nal No. 5 is normal according to the following table and the fan airflow does not change, this indicates a
faulty blower fan motor.
When the terminal No. 5 results differ from the following table and the fan airflow does not change, this
indicates either a faulty harness between the blower fan motor and automatic amplifier, or a faulty auto-
matic amplifier.
Blower Fan Motor System Check (Cont'd)
1 st speed 2nd speed 3rd speed 4th speed
Terminal No. 5
(oscilloscope)
TI : Approx. 3.2 ms T2: Approx. 2.2 ms T3: Approx. 1.44 ms
Duty ratio: Approx. 20% Duty ratio: Approx. 45% Duty ratio: bprox. 64% Duty ratio: Approx. 100%
Approx. 4 ms-Tx
Duty ratio = Approx. 4 ms
x 100%
BLOWER FAN RELAY

Remove the blower fan relay. Apply approx. 12V to the blower fan relay terminals No. 1 and 2. Check the
relay operation sound.
Check the continuity between terminals No. 3 and 5.
Actuator System Check

DOOR ACTUATOR MOTOR
Disconnect every door actuator connector. Check the continuity between each door actuator terminals No. 3
and 1, 3 and 2, 3 and 5, and 3 and 6.
DOOR ACTUATOR HARNESS

Check the continuity between the automatic amplifier and every actuator.
Check that there is no short-circuit between actuator driver signals. (If there is a short-circuit, the actua-
tors will vibrate during operation.)
Trouble Diagnosis for Each Symptom

Symptom Operation check Malfunctioning unit Probable cause
Check blower fan motor operation.
No airflow (Refer to "Blower Fan Motor Sys- Blower fan motor Faulty blower fan motor
Airflow does not change. tem Check".)
The above is normal. I Automatic amolifier 1 Faultv automatic amplifier
Faulty attachment of air mix door
Check attachment status of the air
Air mix door
rod, or air mix door lever ElG
mix door actuator. Faulty air mix door system
I
(damage, lock, etc.)
Abnormal display in self-diagnosis

Faulty air mix door actuator
Faulty air mix door actuator system
AT
Common item Air mix door actuator
(Check and confirm this step 3 hamess
item along with the fol- (Refer to "Actuator System Check".)
lowing three items.) Check that the air mix door oper-
BW
ates when the temperature adjust- Air mix door actuator Refer to "Actuator System Check".
ment dial is set to 18OC or 32°C.
@
Faulty sensor (Refer to 'Component a
Abnormal display in self-diagnosis
Sensor Parts Inspection".)
step 2
Faulty sensor harness
Tem- Magnet clutch does not operate
Magnet clutch
Refer to 'Magnet Clutch System R8
perature with AUTO switch, or A/C switch. Check".
control No cool airflow
mal- (Flow amount is normal.)
ngeranr cnarge amounr.
2 ~erformance.
( Cooler cycle I Refer to 'Performance Test".
I
function
The above is normal. I Automatic amolifier 1 Faulty automatic amplifier I
No warm airflow (Flow

amount is normal.)
After warming up, the heater core
inlet and outlet hoses are not warm.
1
Coolant
I1 Engine coolant failure
Clogged heater hose or heater core
The above is normal. Automatic amplifier Faulty automatic amplifier
Blower fan motor speed does not
Refer to "Blower Fan Motor System
change even when the fan switch is Blower fan motor
Check".
changed. I
Large in-vehicle tem- When the fan switch is in 4th, Faulty aspirator
perature difference in smoke is not drawn in from the in- Aspirator Clogged or disconnected aspirator
relation to temperature vehicle sensor inlet. duct
setting Check the setting difference
Error in temperature difference set-
between the set temperature and
ting
control temperature.
-
The above isnormal.- Automatic amplifier Faulty automatic amplifier

Faulty attachment of mode door
lock, mode door link, or mode door
Check mode door operation. Mode door lever
Faulty mode door system (damage,
lock, etc.)
Faulty mode door actuator
Air outlet does not switch. Abnormal display in self-diagnosis Faulty mode door actuator system
Mode door actuator
step 3 harness (Refer to "Actuator System
Check".)
Refer to "DOOR ACTUATOR
Normal display in self-diagnosis
Mode door actuator HARNESS", "Actuator System
step 3
Check".
The above is normal.
-
IAutomatic amplifier I Faulty automatic amplifier
I Faulty attachment of intake door
-
I
lever
Check intake door operation. lntake door
Faulty intake door system (damage,
lock, etc.)
~ a u l Gintake door actuator
Abnormal display in self-diagnosis Faulty intake door actuator system
Air inlet does fiot switch. door
step 3 hamess (Refer to "Actuator System
Check".)
Refer to "DOOR ACTUATOR
Normal display in self-diagnosis
lntake door actuator HARNESS", "Actuator System
step 3
I I
Check".
The above is normal. I Automatic amplifier I Faulty automatic amplifier
ln-vehcle sensor characterlstlc and connector I Component Parts Inspection

IN-VEHICLE SENSOR
Disconnect the in-vehicle sensor connector. Check the resistance
between the sensor connector terminals No. 1 and 2.
Temperature "C
HAK0669D
Ambient sensor characteristic and connector AMBIENT SENSOR

Disconnect ambient sensor connector. Check the resistance
between the sensor connector terminals No. 1 and 2.
Temperature "C ELZ0174C
I Sunload sensor characteristic and connector SUNLOAD SENSOR

Disconnect the sunload sensor connector.
Turn the ignition switch ON.
Check that the voltage between the automatic amplifier con-
nector (vehicle side) terminal No. 34 and body ground, is
approx. 4.6V.
When normal, proceed to step 5.
When abnormal, the automatic amplifier is faulty. Or, the har-
ness between the automatic amplifier and sunload sensor is
faulty.
I Sunload kW/m2 (kcaVm2h)
HAK0666C Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Connect the sunload sensor connector.
Turn the ignition switch ON.
Check the voltage between the automatic amplifier connector
(vehicle side) terminal No. 34 and body ground.
When indoors, check the voltage by applying a light of approx.
60W. (Check the voltage with the light placed close to and
away from the sensor.)
The sunload during a sunny day is equivalent to approx. 767
W/m2 (660 kcal/m2-h).
cake alr temperature sensor characlerlstrc and connector INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Disconnect the intake air temperature sensor connector. Check the
resistance between the sensor connector terminals No. 1 and 2.
THERMAL TRANSMITER
Refer to EL section ("Component Parts Inspection", "COMBINA-
TION METER").
Temperature 'C ~ ~ ~ 0 6 6 7 ~ 1
HA-I 8
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
SECTION EL
CONTENTS
CENTRAL DOOR LOCK SYSTEM .................................2 XENON HEADLAMP SYSTEM .....................................15
Component Parts Location..........................................2 Trouble Diagnoses.....................................................15
Circuit Diagram............................................................2 IGNITION KEY-OPERATED ILLUMINATION
Combination Meter (meter control unit) Input/ SYSTEM...................................................................7
Output Signal Specifications........................................2 Component Parts Location ........................................17
Inspection before Trouble Diagnoses.........................-3 Circuit Diagram .......................................................... 17
Trouble Diagnoses....................................................... 3 Meter Control Unit InputlOutput Signal
REMOTE CONTROL ENTRY SYSTEM ..........................4 Specifications .......................................................1 7
Component Parts Location..........................................4 METER ........................................................................ 18
Circuit Diagram............................................................ 4 Cornbination Meter .................................................... 18
Remote Control Entry Control Unit Input/Output Triple Meter................................................................ 20
Signal Specifications.................................................... 5 COMBINATION METER ................................................21
System Check.............................................................-5 System Description....................................................21
Inspection before Trouble Diagnoses..........................6 Component Parts Location ........................................ 21
Trouble Diagnoses.......................................................6 Diagnosis Function ....................................................21
Component Parts inspection ....................................... 6 Meter-related Circuit Diagram ................................... 22
ID Code Entry Procedure ............................................ 7 Trouble Diagnoses..................................................... 23
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM ........................................... 8 Combination Meter InpuVOutput Signal
System Description..................................................... -8 Specifications............................................................ -25
Precautions................................................................. -8 Component Parts Inspection .....................................26
Component Parts Location..........................................8 TRIPLE METER .............................................................29
Circuit Diagram............................................................ 9 Special Service Tool ...................................................29
Power Window Main Switch Input/Output Signal Component Parts Location ........................................ 29
Specifications...............................................................9 Circuit Diagram .......................................................... 29
Inspection before Trouble Diagnoses........................ 11 Triple Meter InputfOutput Signal Specifications........30
Trouble Diagnoses.................................................... 11 Component Parts Inspection .....................................30
SUNROOF SYSTEM...................................................... 12 IGNITION KEY WARNING BUZZER AND LIGHT
Component Parts Location........................................ 12 WARNING BUZZER ......................................................31
Circuit Diagram ..........................................................12 Component Parts Location ........................................31
Sunroof Switch and Sunroof Motor Assembly Circuit Diagram .......................................................... 31
lnputiOutput Signal Specifications.............................12 Meter Control Unit InpuVOutput Signal
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM ................................................. 1 3 Specifications............................................................. 31
Component Parts Location ........................................ 13 FRONT WIPER ..............................................................32
Auto Light Control Unit Input/Output Signal Component Parts Location ........................................ 32
Specifications............................................................. 13 Circuit Diagram ..........................................................32
Circuit Diagram ........................................................ 14 Front Wiper Input/Output Signal Specifications ........32
Trouble Diagnoses.................................................. I 4
CONTENTS ( c m 9 d )
REAR WIPER ................................................................33 Meter Control Unit InpuVOutput Signal
Component Parts Location ........................................33 Specifications............................................................ -34
Circuit Diagram .......................................................... 33 WIPER DEICER ............................................................. 35
Rear Wiper Amplifier Input/Output Signal Component Parts Location ....................................... .35 @I
Specifications ............................................................ .33 Circuit Diagram..........................................................35
REAR DEFOGGER AND HEATER MIRROR ...............34 Wiper Deicer Switch InpuVOutput Signal EG
Component Parts Location ...................................... ..34 Specifications.............................................................35
Circuit Diagram..........................................................34
CENTRAL DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
Circuit Diagram
Door lock relay
LOCK - -----
I
. RH door1
Door lock relay
connector 1 LOCK
1 Driver door lock Remote control entry
actuator
Rear LH
I
door I
1
I
I
SW signal C/U connector lock actuator I

TK20 I I 5\41 1 I
(Brown) 1 11el j I 1 I,,,,,,,------J
Driver door lock

Lock signal actuator SW
18.
Unlock sign311
Combination meter 5 T 1
(Meter C/U) connector
I
PMI main SW
(Central door lock SW)
P/'W main SW connector

(2-door Coupe) 1 PNV main SW connector
(4-door Sedan) OCC3324C
Combination Meter (meter control unit) Input/

Output Signal
- Specifications
Terminal No. Signal name Operation or condition Specification
4 1 Driver door lock switch signal

I
Unlocked (ON1
. .
Locked (OFF)
I
Approx. OV
Approx. 5V
Unlocked (ON) Approx. OV

5 Central door lock switch unlock signal
Operation other than above (OFF) Approx. 5V
Locked (ON) Approx. OV

18 Central door lock switch lock signal
Operation other than above (OFF) Approx. 5V
55 Ground - Approx. OV
Passenger and rear RH 8 LH door lock Changes from approx. 12 to OV and back
56 Central door lock switch is locked. to approx. 12V.
actuator lock signal
Passenger and rear RH & LH door lock Changes from approx. 12 to OV and back
60 Central door lock switch is unlocked.
actuator unlock siqnal to approx. 12V.
CENTRAL DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
Inspection before Trouble Diagnoses

Check that components connectors are properly connected.
Trouble Diagnoses
SYMPTOM CHART
Symptom Malfunctioning item Possible cause
E8G
Faulty power window main switch (central door lock switch)
0 Faulty power window main switch (central door lock switch) to
Power window main switch circuit combination meter (meter control unit) harness
Faulty power window main switch (central door lock switch) ground
circuit
Passenger door lock and rear RH & LH
door locks do not lock or unlock with the Faulty door lock relay
central door lock switch.
Door lock relay circuit
Faulty door lock relay to combination meter (meter control unit) BR
harness
I Faulty door lock relay to door lock actuator harness
Combination meter
0 Faulty combination meter (meter control unit)
ST
(meter control unit)
Passenger door lock, rear RH door lock,
0 Faulty door lock actuator
or rear LH dooc lock do not lock or unlock Door lock actuator circuit
Faulty door lock actuator to door lock relay harness
with the central door lock switch.
Passenger door lock and rear RH & LH Driver door lock switch circuit
. 0 Faulty driver door lock switch
Faulty driver door lock switch to combination meter (meter control
m
door locks do not lock or unlock with the unit) harness
driver door lock knob. (They operate Faulty driver door lock switch ground circuit
properly with the central door lock switch.) Combination meter
Faulty combination meter (meter control unit)
(meter control unit)
REMOTE CONTROL ENTRY SYSTEM
1 Component Parts Location
Circuit Diagram
Unlock signal
Key-in detection SW
Remote control entry I

-
C/U connector
Remote Control Entry Control Unit

InputIOutput Signal specifications
Terminal No. Signal name Operation or cond~t~on Specificatton
Close the driver door. (OFF) Approx. 12V
Driver door switch input signal . @
Open the driver door. (ON) Approx. OV
Close all the doors. (OFF) Approx. 12V
All door switch input signal
Open one of the doors. (ON) Approx. OV
Ec
Driver door lock actuator lock Changes from approx. 0 to

Lock with the remote control.
output signal 12V and back to approx. OV.
t
Ground - Approx. OV
BR
Locked (OFF) Approx. 5V
Driver door lock switch signal
Unlocked (ON) Approx. OV
Key-in detection switch input Insert (ON) Approx. 12V 8

7
signal Ignition key Remove (OFF) Approx. OV
ACC power supply Ignition switch to ACC Approx. 12V Rs
Passenger door and rear RH & Changes from approx. 5 to OV
Press the lock switch on the remote control.
LH door lock output signal and back to approx. 5V.
Passenger door and rear RH & Changes from approx. 5 to OV
HA
Press the unlock switch on the remote control.
LH door unlock output signal and back to approx. 5V.
Driver door lock actuator Changes from approx. 0 to
Unlock with the remote control.
unlock output signal 12V and back to approx. OV.
System Check
Works properly.
Program the remote control (A) to another vehicle of the is OK.
Does not work.
same type and check if the remote control works properly.
Easy way to confirm the u

fnc+oin of the remote control:
Turn a radio ON. Touch the radio aerial with the remote . is heard.
control (A). Press a switch on the remote control with I
the remote control on the aerial. Listen for noise.
(Radio frequency: around 78.6,78.7,78.8MHz) No noise is heard. Remote control (A)
is NG.
B
f
' Works properly.
Program another remote control (6) to the vehicle t The vehicle is OK.
concerned and check if the remote control works properly. Does not work.
r The vehicle is NG. 0CC3078D
I
Operation check
Check item
System check A System check B
I
Program the remote control (A) to the vehicle concerned again and check
Remote control (A) is OK. The vehicle is OK.
for proper operation.
Remote control (A) is OK. The vehicle is NG. Perform trouble diagnosis to determine what causes the problem.
Remote control (A) is NG. The vehicle is OK. Check the remote control (A) battery voltage.
Check the remote control (A) battery voltage and then perform trouble diag-
Remote control (A) is NG. The vehicle is NG.
nosis to determine what causes the problem.
lnspection before Trouble Diagnoses

Check system.
Check that other systems that use the following signals work
properly.
Check that component connectors are connected properly.
Trouble Diagnoses
SYMPTOM CHART
Symptom Malfunctioning item Possible cause
Faulty door switch to remote control entry control unit
Door switch circuit
harness
None of the doors lock with the remote
Faulty key-in detection switch to remote control entry control
control switch. Key-in detection switch circuit
unit harness
Remote control entry control unit Faulty remote control entry control unit
Faulty key-in detection switch to remote control entry control
None of the doors unlock with the Key-in detection switch circuit
unit harness
remote control switch.
Refer to "CENTRAL DOOR LOCK SYSTEM",EL-2.
Door locks other than the driver door do Central door lock system circuit Faulty combination meter (meter control unit) to remote
not operate with the remote control control entry control unit harness
switches.
Faulty driver door lock actuator
Only the driver door lock does not oper- Driver door lock actuator circuit Faulty driver door lock actuator to remote control entry
ate with the remote control switch. control unit harness
Component Parts lnspection

BATERY CHECK
Specification: Approx. 2.5 3.OV -
CAUTION:
Connect resistance (300Q) so that the current is approx. 10
mA before checking ihe battery.
Use lithium photo battery (CRI 620 or equivalent) for replacement.
ID Code Entry Procedure

Enter the identity (ID) code manually when:
remote controller or control unit is replaced.
an additional remote controller i s activated.
To enter the ID code, follow the procedures below.
PROCEDURE
I Close all doors and lock driveis side door.
I
Insert and remove the key from the ignition more than six times within 10 seconds.
(Power door lock will then unlock.)
Within 3 seconds after door lock is unlocked, turn ignition key switch to "ACCnposi-
tion and lock the driver's side door.
At this time, the original ID codes are erased.
Push any button on the new remote controller once. (Power door lock will then
unlock.)
At this time, the new ID code is entered.
e
Do you want to enter any additional remote controller ID codes?
A maximum four ID codes may be entered. Any attempt to enter more will be
ignored.
No Yes
Lock driver's side door.
I Open driver's side door or turn the ignition key switch to 'OFF position.
I
END.
After entering the identity (ID) code, check the operation of remote control
entry system.
NOTE
If you need to activate more than two additional new remote controllers, repeat the procedure
"Additional ID code entry" for each new remote controller.
If the same ID code that exists in the memory is input, the entry will be ignored.
Entry of maximum four ID codes is allowed and any attempt to enter more will be ignored.
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
System Description
When the ignition switch is turned OFF, timer function allows
the driver door power window to operate for up to approxi-
mately 15 minutes. Opening (door switch ON) and closing
(door switch OFF) the driver door or entering the ignition switch
OFF to ON signal will reset the timer.
If the driver door window is obstructed when it is going up, the
window moves down approximately 150 mm.
OPERATING CONDITIONS
The driver door window is between fully-open position and
almost fully-closed position (with the limit switch ON).
a Automatic operation when the ignition switch is turned ON
a Automatic or manual operation when the ignition switch is
turned to any position other than ON (with the timer active)
Precautions
When the driver door window is between fully-open position
and almost fully-closed position with the limit switch ON,
removing or installing the battery or the power window main
switch will deactivate the auto UP mode and the timer function.
If the step above has been taken, operate the power window
switch to close the driver door glass fully. This activates the
auto UP mode and the timer function.
Driver door power window motor (limit switch and encoder built-in)
\ ) Dash panel, driver side (amplifier built-in)

OCC3269D
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
Circuit Diagram
PiW SW power supply

I
.20(14)
Lmt sw sgnai
")'
Encoder power supply
'8112 I
' Encoder pulse signal
It>.
v Driver door PNV mot01

Driver door
PMI motor
(4-door Sedan)
W W
DOWN signal
~~~.
6 door P/W
Dz
UP signal
( )' 2-door
Coupe
DOWN signal
13
UP signal
PMI maln SW connector 16
@-door Sedan)
9(11)
DOWN signal
2 -r 17
UP signal
Drrver
I - - - - - - - - - - - - - J
-
I-
- 891011
PiW main SW connector
(2-door Coupe)
141516
$
Passenger door and

rear RH & LH door
4-door Sedan only
PiW SW connector OCC3265D

1
Power Window Main Switch Input/Output

- Signal Specifications
Measurir condition
Terminal No. Signal name Specification
Ignition switch Operation or condition
Limit switch and encoder ON or another position
Approx. OV
ground (Timer is in operation.)
Approx. 2V
ON or another position Power window motor is in

Encoder pulse signal
(Timer is in operation.) operation.
Driver door window is

between fully-open position
Approx. OV
and almost fully-closed
ON or another position posit~on.(ON)
Lim~tswitch signal
(Timer is in operation.) Driver door window is
between almost fully-closed
Approx. 5V
position and fully-closed
position. (OFF)
Driver door power window ON or another position DOWN operation Approx. 12V
motor DOWN signal (Timer is in operation.) Other than DOWN operation Approx. OV
Battery Approx. 12V
( ): 2-door Coupe
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
Power Window Main Switch Input/Output
Signal Specifications (Cont'd) -
Measuring condition
Driver door switch signal - -Driver door is opened. (ON) Approx. OV

Driver door is closed. (OFF) Approx. 12V
Ground Approx. OV
Driver door power window ON or another position UP operation Approx. 12V

-- - -
motor UP signal (Timer is in operation.) Other than UP operation Appro~.OV
Encoder power supply

ON or another position
(Tmer is in operation.)
- Approx. 5V
The rear RH window DOWN

Rear RH door power window switch in the main switch is Approx. 12V
DOWN signal operated.
Operation other than above Approx. OV
Ignition power supply ON - Approx. 12V
The passenger door DOWN
Passenger door power win- switch in the main switch is Approx. 12V
dow DOWN signal operated.
--
The rear RH window UP

Rear RH door power window switch in the main switch is Appro~.12V
UP signal operated.
The rear LH window DOWN
Rear LH door power window switch in the main switch is Approx. 12V
DOWN signal operated.
The rear LH window UP
Rear LH door power window switch in the main switch is Approx. 12V
UP signal operated.
-- -

The passenger door UP
Passenger door power win- switch in the main switch is Approx. 12V
3ow UP signal operated.
- -

Power supply to the passen-
-
jer door and rear RH 8 LH
joor power window switch
I Approx. 12V
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
Inspection before Trouble Diagnoses

Check that other systems that use the following signals work
properly.
Check that component connectors are connected properly.
Trouble Diagnoses
SYMPTOM CHART @
Possible cause
Timer function is not deactivated, with the Faulty driver door switch to power window main switch harness AT
operation conditions met, when the driver
door switch is turned ON and OFF. Faulty power window main switch
switch
Faulty driver door power window motor (Limit switch is poorly adjusted.) BR
Faulty driver door power window motor (limit switch)
Limit switch circuit
The driver door glass is not reversed 0 Faulty driver door power window motor (limit switch) to power window main
switch harness
when it was obstructed. 87'
Faulty power window main ~ M t c h
0 Faulty driver door power window motor (Limit switch is poorly adjusted.) R8
Faulty driver door power window motor (limit switch)
The driver door glass is reversed when it Limit switch circuit
Faulty driver door power window motor (limit switch) to power window main
goes up and comes near the fullyclosed switch harness
position in the auto UP mode. HA
Faulty power window main switch
Faulty driver door power window motor (encoder)
I Encoder circuit Faulty driver door power window motor (encoder) to power window main
switch harness
Power window main
switch
The driver door glass is reversed as soon
as it starts to go up in the auto UP mode. Foreign objects on the glass, glass run channel rubber (4-door Sedan) or
weatherstrip (2-door Coupe)
I Door glass slide condi- Abrasion or deformation of glass run channel rubber (4-door Sedan) or
tion weatherstrip (2-door Coupe)
Sash is not angled inboard or outboard properly (4-door Sedan) or glass is
not angled inboard or outboard properly (2-door Coupe)
Power window main
The driver door glass is reversed at the Foreign objects on the glass, glass run channel rubber (4-door Sedan), or
position other than above when it is going
up in the auto UP mode. I
Door glass slide condi-
tion
Abrasion or deformation of glass run channel rubber (4-door Sedan) or
Sash is not angled inboard or outboard properly (4-door Sedan) or glass is
not angled inboard or outboard properly (2-door Coupe)
I Sunroof motor assembly 1
I Sunroof switch < OCEM57DI
Circuit Diagram
CIB PMl relay
Sunroof motor assembly

(Fully-closed position)
Sunroof SW
I
Limit SW 2
I Slide SW
I -1
I
i
CLOSE 5--1
3
1
-- LL
1
CLOSE relay
I
-I ~irnitsw~
-- 1
Sunroof Switch and Sunroof Motor Assembly

InputlOutput Signal
- Specifications
Measuring condition
-
Terminal No.
I I Operation
Ignition switch ~ l position

closed
~ l ~ 'Pen Position Fully closed position Tilt UP position to
'lased to fully closed
to fully open position to tilt UP position fully closed position
position
Approx. OV
1 ON Approx. 12V OV OV Approx. 12V
(Motor is running.)
2 ON Approx. OV
OV OV OV 12'
(Motor is running.)
Approx. OV
3 ON Approx. 2V (Motor is running.) Approx. 12V ov ov
Approx. OV
4 ON OV Approx. 2V OV OV
(Motor is running.)
5 ON Approx. OV Approx. OV Approx. OV Approx. OV Approx. OV
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM
Inside the meter Component Parts Location

-4 Auto light control unit
Auto Light Control Unit InputlOutput Signal

Specifications
Measuring condition
I
Tail lamp relay control

Lighting switch: AUTO
I Light is applied to the
liaht sensor.
4
I Approx. 12V
signal Light is not applied to

Approx. OV
the light sensor.
Vehicle speed signal Speedometer is in operation. (Vehicle speed is

(2 pulses) approximately 40 kmlh.)
Navigation screen
Liahtina switch: 1ST
Light is applied to the
liaht sensor.
-
I
I
I
Approx. OV
dimming signal
I
I
-
Light is not applied to
the light sensor.
Approx. 12V
ignition power supply Approx. 12V

I
Headlamp relay con-

Lighting switch: AUTO
I- Light is applied to the
liaht sensor. I Approx. 12V
trol signal Light is not applied to

Approx. OV
the light sensor.
Lighting switch AUTO OFF Approx. 12V

ACC Lighting switch
signal AUTO Approx. OV
Ground - Approx. OV
Driver door switch sig- ON (Open) Approx. OV

ACC Driver door switch
nal OFF (Closed) Approx. 12V
ACC power supply ACC - I Approx. 12V
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM
Circuit Diagram
Xenon
headlamp
relay
To clearance
lamp and
tail lamp
-----: High-voltage parts

I---- I
EL-2163D
Trouble Diagnoses
SYMPTOM CHART
Symptom I Possible cause
I a Faulty auto light control unit power supply or ground harnesi
0 Faulty lighting switch
When outside is dark, neither small lamps nor headlamps tum ON by
Faulty lighting switch to auto light control unit harness
auto light operation. [Lighting switch (1ST and 2ND) is normal.]
a Faulty lighting switch ground harness
I Faulty auto light control unit
When outside is dark, small lamps turn ON but headlamps do not turn Faulty lighting switch to auto light control unit harness
ON by auto light operation. [Lighting switch (1 ST and 2ND) is normal.] Faulty auto light control unit
When outside is dark, headlamps turn ON but small lamps do not turn Faulty lighting switch to auto light control unit hamess
ON by auto light operation. [Lighting switch (1ST and 2ND) is normal.] Faulty auto light control unit
~~- - - pp
a Neither headlamps nor small lamps turn OFF when the driver door is a Faulty door switch
opened with the ignition switch at ACC. a Faulty door switch to auto light control unit harness
a Headlamps and small lamps turn OFF when the ignition switch is a Faulty door switch ground harness
turned to ACC with the driver door closed. 0 Faulty auto light control unit
0 While the vehicle is driven at night, headlamps go off momentarily
when it passes under street lamps.
a Faulty speedometer to auto light control unit harness
0 While the vehicle is driven in the early morning or evening, headlamps
a Faulty auto light control unit
turn ON momentarily when it passes under an overpass or through
building shadows.
During the day, neither small lamps nor headlamps turn OFF.
a Faulty auto light control unit
During the day, headlamps tum OFF but small lamps do not turn OFF.
XENON HEADLAMP SYSTEM
Trouble Diagnoses
DESCRIPTION
Problems with xenon headlamps are as follows:
They do not light up.
They blink. GD
They are not bright enough.
In most cases the problems above are caused by faulty xenon bulbs.
There might be the possibility that the problems are caused by faulty HID control unit or lamp sockets. ec
Follow the diagnostic procedure to determine what causes the problem.
PRECAUTIONS
AT
Connect or disconnect connectors with the lighting switch OFF.
Do not touch harnesses, HID control unit, internal lamp, or metal part of the lamp while the lamps are ON B2
(Lighting switch is ON).
Before verifying that the lamps are ON, install the parts to the vehicle temporarily and connect the battery
cable with the connector on the vehicle. ST
If the electrical system is suspected to be the cause of the symptom, check for blown fuse or fusible link,
broken connectors, disconnected terminals, or faulty engagement.
Do not use wet hands when performing the trouble diagnoses. F@
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Xenon
, MA
headlamp
relay
To clearance
JJ$Rkj
lamp and
tail lamp
Driver door SM
Headlamp
1 -- - - 1 : High-voltage parts
CAUTION:
0 Do not use a tester to diagnose the HID control unit circuit.
0 Do not disassemble the HID control unit and harnesses (bulb socket harness and control unit har-
ness).
0 Immediately after the headlamps turn ON, brightness and emission color vary. This is a normal
condition.
When a bulb has reached the end of its life, the brightness becomes extremely low, the bulb con-
tinues to blink, or the light looks reddish.
XENON HEADLAMP SYSTEM
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont'd)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
I FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK, AND XENON

HEADLAMP RELAY CHECK
Fuse, fusible link, or xenon
headlamp relay is faulty.
CONNECTOR CHECK ON THE VEHICLE Harness on the vehicle is

FOR BATTERY VOLTAGE faulty.
With lighting switch ON, check HID control
unit connector on the vehicle for battery
I voltage.
I
OK
XENON HEADLAMP BULB REPLACE- Xenon bulb is faulty.

MENT
Replace the xenon headiamp bulb with a
known good bulb and check for proper
operation.
HID CONTROL UNIT REPLACEMENT HID control unit is faulty.

Install a known good HID control unit to
I the xenon headlarnp and check for proper

operation.
NG
- - -
XENON HEADLAMP HOUSING ASSEM-

BLY REPLACEMENT
OK, Starter in xenon headlamp
housing (boost circuit) is
Install a known good xenon headlamp faulty.
housing assembly to the xenon headlamp (Xenon headlamp housing
and check for proper operation. assembly is faulty.)
IGNITION KEY-OPERATED ILLUMINATION SYSTEM
Behind combination meter Component Parts Location
Meter control unit
Circuit Diagram
&
7 , ..
Driver door lock detection switch
2 1
r
Passenger door SW Rear RH door SW
326
3
' a Rear LH door SW
-
-
Room lamp
1
IGN SW illumination TK24 (Brown) TK20 (Brown) TK20 (White)
EL-2178D I
J
Meter Control Unit Input/Output Signal
Specifications
I I
Measuring condition
Terminal No. Signal name Ignition Specification
Operation or condition
switch
Driver door switch ON (Open) Approx. OV
OFF Driver door switch
signal OFF (Closed) Approx. 12V
Driver door lock sig- Door is unlocked. (Switch ON) Approx. OV
OFF
nal Door is locked. (Switch OFF) Approx. 5V
Battery OFF - Approx. 12V
Open a door. (ON) Approx. OV
Door switch signal OFF
Close all the doors. (OFF) Approx. 12V
Ignition power supply ON - Approx. 12V
Key-in detection Remove the ignition key. Approx. OV
OFF
switch signal Insert the ignition key. Approx. 12V
Ground ON - Approx. OV
ON (Open) Approx. OV
Room lamp switch:
OFF Insert the ignition key. Each door switch OFF
Room lamp, ignition Neutral position (Closed) Approx. 12V
switch illumination
Remove the ignition key from the
signal Approx. OV'
- lamp switch:
Neutral position
Close all the doors. key cylinder.
Turn the ignition switch ON. Approx. 12V
METER
Combination Meter
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
Parts included in this procedure:
Column cover
Cluster lid A
Combination switch
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

s EC, 248 Behind combination mete!
Tachometer and oil pressure gauge anaching screw (7)
I
cover
-
attaching screw (3)
..
Water tem~eraturecauae
speedornet&
I "GI yauyc
. .
anaching screw (4) lit
C :Meter control unit attaching screw (9)
position indicator
ater temperature gauge

Tachometer and oil pressure gauge
Upper housing
FLEXIBLE PRINT CIRCUIT (M-AT)

I I
Tachometer Illumination bulb

I
Flexible print circuit 7 r,- Behind meter

control unit I
Connector connecting
check terminal I
I
Removal
1. Pull out the connector while pinching its both ends.
2. Pull flexible print circuit out of the connector.
METER
Combination Meter (Cont'd)
Installation
1. Push the flexible print circuit into the connector and press it
down with the connector.
2. Verify that the flexible print circuit is securely connected with
the connector.
3. Check that there is continuity between the connector connect-
ing check terminals.
BEHIND COMBINATION METER AND INTERNAL

CIRCUIT
2
x
z g 2
Bulb color:
G: Green
L: Blue
R: Red
Y: Yellow
1 1
27 51 15 55 13
(Ground) (Ground) (Ground)
51
Ground) zI
(Ground!
51 27
(Ground) (Ground)
METER
Triple Meter
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
bScrew (2)
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

s EC. 248 Behind triple meter
C
(373
: Triple meter attaching screw ( 5 )
t
Front
meter
c : Front cover attaching screw (6)

COMBINATION METER
System Description
Speedometer, tachometer, odoltrip meter, fuel gauge, and
water temperature gauge are integrally controlled by the con-
trol circuit in the meter control unit.
Diagnosis function has odoltrip meter segment check, low fuel @
warning lamp check, and continuity check in the meter control
circuit and the meters (speedometer, tachometer, fuel gauge,
and water temperature gauge).

Combination meter ABS unit
IDTransfer (4WD) I H side of trunk room
I -unit connector I
/I Diagnosis Function
SEGMENT CHECK AND LOW FUEL WARNING LAMP
/
CHECK
meter is displayed, turn the ignition switch ACC or
down the odoltrip meter switch, turn the ignition switch

ON.
3. Verify that 0000.0 km is displayed on the trip meter.
4. Press the odoltrip meter switch 3 times within 5 seconds.
5. All the odoltrip meter segments light up along with low fuel
warning lamp.
EL-21
COMBINATION METER
Diagnosis Function (Cont'd)
METER CIRCUIT CHECK
After the segment check, press the odohrip meter switch to
verify that meters operate as shown below. (Low fuel warning
lamp goes off at this point.)
i
ELF0967D
I
It takes 1 minute for the meters to become stable.

DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION CANCELLATION
Turn the ignition switch ACC or OFF.
Meter-related Circuit Diagram
I I TO oil pressure W.L

COMBINATION METER
Trouble Diagnoses
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DOwarning lamps on the

meter light up?
. No . Meter battery or ignition power supply is faulty.
I YES
Meter control unit is faulty.
t
Does the liquid crystal display operate properly at the segment check?
NO Meter control unit is faulty.
YES
The bulb is faulty.

at the low fuel warning lamp check?

I
Check the attaching screw for the ' NG **F3epair malfunct~oningpart and
the meter circuit check? meter that does not operate properly. conduct the meter circuit check again.
OK
4
Go to "DIAGNOSIS RESULT 1". Go to "DIAGNOSIS RESULT 2".
1 1: 1
DIAGNOSIS RESULT 1
Symptom I Check item I Malfunctioning item
Low fuel warning lamp does not operate Sensor or harness for the meter that does
properly. not operate properiy
Sensor circuit for the meter (warning lamp)
Any of tachometer, fuel gauge, and water
temperature gauge does not operate prop-
erly.
~
1 that does not operate properly
Meter control unit
More than one meter out of tachometer, fuel

gauge, and water temperature gauge do not Meter control unit
operate properly.
NG Vehicle speed sensor or harness
Vehicle speed input signal (with TCS)
Speedometer and odohrip meter do not OK Meter control unit
operate properly.
Perform "VEHICLE SPEED INPUT SIGNAL DIAGNO-
SIS" on the next page. (without TCS)
-
DIAGNOSIS RESULT 2
Symptom Check item I Malfunctioning item
- -
Any of speedometer, tachometer, fuel gauge, NG Meter that does not operate properly
and water temperature gauge does not oper- Resistance of the meter that does not
ate properly. operate properly OK Meter control unit
More than one meter out of speedometer,
tachometer, fuel gauge, and water tempera- Meter control unit
ture gauge do not operate properly.
COMBINATION METER
Trouble Diagnoses (Cont'd)
VEHICLE SPEED INPUT SIGNAL DIAGNOSIS
WARNING LAMP CHECK Perform ABS self-diagnosis
Does ABS warning lamp remain ON with and check faulty circuit.
ignition switch ON? Refer to BR section ("ABS
SYSTEMn).
.- - I I
NG+'
HARNESS CHECK ' ABS control unit to meter
Disconnect ABS control unit connector harness is faulty.
(TK24) and meter connector (TK20
Brown).
Terminals No. 19 24: -
Continuity exists.
I Connector
ABS I Terminal No. 19 and ground:
No continuity
OK
El f
VEHICLE SPEED INPUT SIGNAL

CHECK 1
'2
Connect meter connector (TK20 Brown).
Terminal No. 19 and around:
"
I
-
='ELF0970D
Approx. 9V
OK
r9 v
El VEHICLE SPEED INPUT SIGNAL 5'
Pelform ABS self-diagnosis
@EM
Meter control unit
CHECK 2
Connect ABS control unit connector
check faulty circuit.
and
Refer to BR section ("ABS
connector on vehicle
rn (TK24).
Start the engine and drive the vehicle.
SYSTEMn).
rm-1 ffee Terminal No. 19 and ground:

Specification
Refer to "Combination Meter InpuffOutput
1 Signal Specificationsnon the next page.
OK
L /
-
--
ELFo971D Meter control unit is faulty.
-
Meter control unit

connector on vehicle
COMBINATION METER
Combination Meter InputlOutput Signal

Specifications
Terminal No. Measuring condition
Signal name
Disconnect ECM connector. Approx. 8 - 10V
At 2.000 rprn: Approx. 3.OV

IVI
15
10
5
0
Tachometer drive ELF0973D

signal Engine is idling or running at
!,000rpm. RB25DET
At ~dling:Approx. 7.2V At 2.000 rprn: Approx. 7 2 V ST
(VI (VI
15 I5
10 10
5 5
0 0 RS
ELF0974D
RA
-uel gauge signal
OFF
Refer to "Component Parts Inspection" (EL-27).
Approx. 12V
With TCS
I
Vehicle speed: Approx. 40 kmA Veh~cleSpeed Approx 60 k m h
(VI
15
10
5
0
Body -5
lrounc -1 0
-1 5
Speedometer is in operation.
Vehicle speed is approx.
e speed inpi
10 kmh.)
Vehicle speed is approx. Without TCS
i0 kmh.) Vehcle speed: Approx. 40 k h Vehicle speed: Approx. 60 k m h
IV! (V)
15 15
10 10
5 5
0 0
ELF0376D
hermal transmitte -
iignal Refer to "Component Parts Inspection" (EL-27)
gnition power sup - Approx. 12V

'IY
;peedometer is not in opera-
Approx. 4.8V or OV
on.
Vehicle speed is approx. 40 kwh: Approx. 2.4V
d ! ! ,! ! ! ! ! ! ! ]
(Vi
rehicle speed sign
2 pulses) ipeedometer is in operation.
Vehicle speed is approx.
0 kmm.)
Voltage the part of the indicates the value checked with an )gue circuit tester
COMBINATION METER
Combination Meter Input/Output Signal
-
Specifications ( ~ o n t ' d )
Measuring condi!ion
Signal name Specification
Approx. 4.8V or OV
operation.
-- -
Vehicle speed is approx. 40 Approx. 2.4V

(8 pulses) Speedometer is in operation.
Body (Vehicle speed is approx.
ground 40 km~h.)
I--
Ground
Oil pressure sensor
signal
ON
- I
-
-
I
Approx. OV
ELF0978D
Refer to 'Component Parts Inspection" (EL-28).

J I I
Voltage of the upper part of the wave form indicates the value checked with analogue circuit tester.
Component Parts inspection

SPEEDOMETER, TACHOMETER, FUEL GAUGE AND
WATER TEMPERATURE GAUGE
Remove each meter from the meter control unit and check the
resistance between the terminals as shown below.
-
Water
temperature gauge
Fuel gaugc Speedometer and
Checkina terminal
I Fuel gauge and water
I
I Resistance R
tachometer temperature gauge
A-C A-C ADD~OX.
190 260 -
B-D I B-C I Approx. 230 - 310
OIL PRESSURE GAUGE
Disconnect oil pressure sensor connector.
Turn the ignition switch ON, and connect test lamp and lead
wire with the meter attaching screw as shown left. Check the
gauge indication.
1 Gauge indication with shorted
Gauge indicaion with 3.4W

test lamp connected
ELF0980D
COMBINATION METER
Component Parts Inspection (Cont'd)
Fuel gauge unit harness Lead switch harness connector on Harness connec:or on lead sw~lch
connector fuel gauge unit
Lower side < h

Upper side
L
I With fuel
T/f Without fuel

Lower side
(Empty)
(Full)
FUEL GAUGE UNIT

Remove fuel gauge unit from the vehicle.
Check the gauge resistance on the gauge with the fuel gauge
at Empty and then Full. SD
Terminal No. Float position Resistance R
Full Approx. 6 max.
1-3
Empty Approx. 80 min.
LEAD SWITCH
Remove fuel gauge unit from the vehicle.
Check continuity between terminals on the lead switches in the
tank.
Termina! No. I Condition I Continuity
5- 7 With fuel Yes

6-7 Without fuel No
There is no continuity when approx. 26 of fuel is left in the sub fuel tank.
THERMAL TRANSMITER
0 When the engine has warmed up to approx. 80°C, measure
resistance between thermal transmitter and body ground.
Specification: Approx. 76 - 90Q
COMBINATION METER
Component Parts Inspection (Cont'd)
If the measured resistance is out of the specification with the
thermal transmitter on vehicle, remove the thermal transmitter
from the vehicle and measure resistance as shown left.
Water temperature "C 1 Resistance R
Approx. 60 I Approx. i 7 0 - 210
Approx. 65 I Approx. 140 170-
Approx. 80 I - -
Approx. 76 90 -
--
Appro~.100 I Approx. 47 - 53
OIL PRESSURE SENSOR (OIL PRESSURE WARNING

LAMP SWITCH)
Check continuity between oil pressure sensor and body ground.
Terminal No. Condition
Oil pressure
MPa (kg/cm2) 1 Continuity
Less than
Engine is stopped. -
0.01 0.024 Yes
-
(0.1 0.25)
More than
Engine is started. 0.01 - 0.024 No
(0.1 - 0.25)
OIL PRESSURE SENSOR

Check the resistance between the oil pressure sensor and body
ground.
Terminal No. I Oil pressure MPa (kgkmq-1 Resistance R
0.2 (2.0) Approx. 37 - 45

TRIPLE METER
Special Service Tool

Tool number
Description
Tool name
i
€GI51 3 0000 Boost sensor check

Handy vacuum pump

Triple meter
I
Circuit Diagram
To lighting SW or tail lamp relay
Behind triple meter

h
Boost sensor
Oil temperature sensor
* BOOS^ sensor
TRIPLE METER
Triple Meter InputlOutput Signal Specifications

-
Measuring condition
lgnition switch Operation or condition
1 Boost sensor signal ON 0 mmHg Approx. 2.2V
4 Illumination power supply OFF Lighting switch: 1ST Approx. 12V
9 illumination ground ON - Approx. OV
10 Ground ON - Approx. OV
14 ignition power supply ON - Approx. 12V
17 Oil temperature sensor signal I I
- I Refer to "Component Parts Inspectionn.
Component Parts Inspection

BOOST SENSOR
Connect handy vacuum pump (special service tool) to boost
sensor.
Apply battery voltage (12V) to terminal No. 1 and connect ter-
minal No. 3 to the ground. Then, measure voltage between
terminal No. 2 and the ground.
Pressure kPa (mmHg) I -
Voltage V
pp
Atmospheric pressure I Approx. 2.2

-47 (-350) 1 Approx. 1.4
OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Remove oil temperature sensor from the vehicle and measure
resistance as shown left.
-- - - --
Oil temperature "C Resistance R

Approx. 70 Approx. 92.0
- --
Approx. 90 Appro~.48.5
CAUTION:
Always use new engine oil.
IGNITION KEY WARNING BUZZER AND LIGHT WARNING BUZZER
I Behind combination meter Component Parts Location
Meter control unit
Circuit Diagram
Meter Control Unit InputlOutput Signal

Specifications
Measuring condition
Ignition switch I Measuring method
ON (Open) Approx. OV
Driver door switch signal OFF Driver door switch
OFF (Closed) Approx. 12V
29 Ignition power supply ON Approx. 12V
42
Key-in detection switch
signal
1 OFF
I
Remove the ignition key.
Insert the ignition key.
Approx. OV
Approx. 12V
ON Approx. 12V
54 Lighting switch signal OFF Lighting switch: 1ST
OFF Approx. OV
FRONT WIPER
Front wiper amplifier
Circuit Diagram
Front wiper motor

Front wiper and washer SW
Washer motor
---------------- HI
EL-17040
Front Wiper InpWOutput Signal Specifications

1 Measuring condition. I
Terminal No. Signal name
Ignition switch
Specification
Operation 1
Wiper motor position detection

Wiper switch: LO position
signal
(Reference)
I
OFF Approx. 12V

4 Wiper motor HI signal ON Wiper switch
HI Approx. OV
OFF Approx. 12V
Wiper motor LO signal Wiper switch .
Lo ADDIOX.
.. OV
I I
I I
7 1 -
Washer operation detection signal I ON
Washer motor is in operation.
Washer motor is not in operation.
Approx. OV
Approx. 12V
I Ignition power supply I I I
I
8 ON - Approx. 12V
REAR WIPER

Rear of suspension tower (RH)
Circuit Diagram
QIGN :
Rear washer motor
B Rear wiper motor -I Washer motor operation

detection signal
Intermittent position de!ection signal

I
1
I
Rear wiper and washer SW
I- ON IWIW~
~ S 1 H I O F F1 INTI 1 ~ ~
I * Wiper motor operation signal
Rear Wiper Amplifier InputlOutput Signal

Specifications
Measuring condition
lanition switch / O~eration
Washer motor operation detection Washer motor is in operation. Approx. OV
ON
signal Washer motor is not in operation. Approx. 12V
Wiper motor is in operation. Approx. OV
Wiper operation signal ON
Wiper motor is not in operation. Approx. 12V
Ground ON - AD~rox.OV
Intermittent position detection signal I ON I

1
Wiper switch
I
. INT
Other than INT
Approx. OV
ARD~OX.
.. 12V
ACC power supply ON - Approx. 12V
Wlper motor operation signal
I I I (Reference)
REAR DEFOGGER AND HEATER MIRROR

--
Behind combination meter
Circuit Diagram
10
A g28 81 1
Meter CIU
Rear defogger relay AIC auto ampl~f~er
. 0
8 Rear defogger SW
z
a i (AC controller built-m)
u
Heater mirror
Rear defogger TK20 (Brown) TK20 (White)
EL-2181D
Meter Control Unit InputlOutput Signal

S ~ e c iications
f
Measuring condition .
Ignition switch Operation
9 Battery OFF - Approx. 12V
ON (with switch pressed) Approx. OV
Rear defogger switch
17 OFF Rear defogger switch OFF (regardless of
signal
connection of AIC auto Approx. 5V
amplifier)
29 Ignition power supply ON - Approx. 12V
Rear defogger relay ON Approx. OV*

63 ON Rear defogger switch
control signal OFF Approx. 12V
NOTE: Refer to "Auto Amplifier InputlOutput Signal Specifications".
': It changes to approximately 12V when 15 minutes or 30 minutes pass after the ignition switch is turned ON.
WIPER DEICER
/I Wiper deicer switch
Wiper deicer switch

I
Circuit Diagram
m Wiper deicer relay
Wiper deicer lighting

SW (Timer
built-in)
Wiper deicer
Wiper Deicer Switch InputlOutput Signal

Specifications
Measuring condition .
Ignition switch I Operation
-
OFF Approx. OV
Indicator power supply Wiper deicer switch
ON Approx. 12V
-- -
2 lllumination ground OFF - Approx. OV

-- - -
4 lgn~tionpower supply ON - 1
I 1
Approx. 12V
Wiper deicer relay control ON Approx. OV'
5 ON Wiper deicer switch
signal OFF Approx. 12V
- - -
6 Illumination power supply OFF Lighting switch: 1ST Approx. 12V

*: When the wiper deicer is activated (approx. 15 minutes).
SERVICE DATA
SECTION SD
CONTENTS
L ] RB20DE (UB) [ 1 I 7 FS5R30A - 1
ENGINE MECHANICAL ...............................................2 MANUAL TRANSMISSION ...........................................10
1 - RB25DE /I AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION .....................................12

TRANSFER ......................................... . . .............18
ENGINE MECHANICAL .................................................. 4 PROPELLER SHAFT .................................................19
FRONT FINAL DRIVE ................................................. 20
1 7 RB25DET I ]
REAR FINAL DRIVE ..................................................... 22
ENGINE MECHANICAL ..................................................6 DRIVE SHAFT ...............................................................24
AXLE & SUSPENSION .................................................25
CLUTCH............................................................. .........-8
.+..
ROAD WHEEL AND TIRE ............................................. 27
BRAKE..........................................................................-28
7 1 FS5W71C STEERING ........................ .............................................29
SUPER HICAS............................................................30
MANUAL TRANSMISSION ............................................. 9
ENGINE MECHANICAL I R B ~ O D E(UB)]
STANDARD AND REPAIR LIMIT
Firing order I 1-5-3-6-2-4
standard 1.23 (12%)/300
Compression pressure
Limit 0.93 (9.5)1300
MPa (kg/cm2)/rpm .
Limit of variation between cylinders 0.1 (1.0)/300
Intake manifold 0.1
Intake manifold collector 0.1
Distortion limit mm Exhaust manifold 0.3
Cylinder head 0.2
Cvlinder block 0.1
Without filter Approx. 3.8
Engine oil capacity e
With filter Approx. 4.2
Spark plug MakerlTypeISpark plug gap mm NGWPFR5G-1111.0 - 1-1
- - -- - - - -
Ignition advance device Electronically-controlled ignition advance

Engine idling speed W' 650-.50 (N or P position for A/T)
Idle base speed (during no feed back control) rPm 600 (N or P position for AlT)
Density of COIHC at idling speed Wppm Less than O.l/Less than 50
lgnition timing (during no feed back control)
Hot engine 0.36+0.062/0.53+0.062

Valve clearance (INTIEXH) mm .
Cold engine (at ambient temperature) 0.311~,0.04/0.50i0.04
Fuel tank capacity e Approx. 65
Engine coolant total capacity [with reservoir tank (max. level)] e Approx. 9.4
-
Thermostat opening temperature [start to open full open] "C 82 - 95
Radiator cap opening pressure MPa (kg/cm2) 0.06 - 0.1 0 (0.6 - 1.O)
I New I Used I Limit
667 - 755 559 - 637
Deflection amount of accessory V-belt Power steering pump belt 284 (29)
(68 - 77) (57 - 65)
A/C compressor belt

Measured with tension gauge
N (kg)
Fan belt
Power steering pump belt 1 8-10 1 10-12 1 16

Measured by pushing at 98 N (10 kg)
mm
A/C compressor belt 1 6-8 1 7-9 / 12
Fan belt 1 3-5 1 4-6 1 7.5
SEC.117 Power steering

Fan belt pump be1t
ENGINE MECHANICAL [ RB20DE (UB) 1
TIGHTENING TORQUE
Unit: N.m (kg-m) Unit: N-m (kg-m)
Engine cover Cylinder head bolt 1) 29 (3.0)

Throttle body 2) 98 (10.0)
3) 0 (0) GI
Throttle position sensor 4) 25 - 34 (2.5 - 3.5)
IAA unit (ACC valve) 5) 95" - 100"
lntake manifold collector (Angle tightening) Ec
(upper) Cylinder head sub bolt 9.0 - 12 (0.92 - 1.2)
Intake manifold collector VTC solenoid 25 - 34 (2.5 - 3.5)
Intake manifold ' Main bearing cap 49 - 59 (5.0 - 6.0) h$7'
Vacuum tank Connecting rod nut -
1) 14 - 16 (1.4 1.6)
Engine coolant temperature 2) 45" - 50"
sensor
-
(Angle tightening) BW
93 - 103 (9.5 - 10.5)
--
' Fuel tube Flywheel and drive plate

Engine coolant drain plug -
34 - 44 (3.5 4.5)
Pressure regulator Knock sensor -
25 34 (2.5 - 3.5) ST
Fuel damper Radiator mounting bracket
Fuel hose clamp bolt Auxiliary electric fan
(in engine compartment) Water pump (M6 bolt)
Exhaust manifold cover (M8 bolt)
' Exhaust manifold (MI 0 bolt)
Oxygen sensor Water inlet
Oil pump assembly
Crank pulley
Cam pulley (INT) Accelerator cable lock nut
Cam pulley (EXH) Fuel tank strap
Timing belt cover Fuel sender unit lock
Timing belt rear cover ring
Tensioner pulley Exhaust manifold to front
Idler pulley tube
Crankshaft position sensor Front tube to catalytic
converter
' Oil pan Catalytic converter to cent
Oil strainer tube
Oil pan drain plug Center tube to main
ignition coil - -
5.1 6.5 (0.52 0.66) muffler
Spark plug - -
20 29 (2.0 3.0) Alternator (main)
* Rocker cover 1) 5.5 - 7.5 (0.56 - 0.76) (stay side)
-
?) 5.5 - 7.5 (0.56 0.76) Starter motor
:Tighten separately in twice.)
': Tighten as specified tightening order.
Camshaft bracket
1): Tighten separately in several times.
Camshaft baffle plate

ENGINE MECHANICAL

Firing order --- - - -- -
-
Standard 1.26 (12.8)/300

Limit 0.96 (9.8)/300
MPa (kg/cm2)/rpm
- Limit of variation between cylinders 0.1 (1.OY300
Intake manifold 0.1
Cylinder head 0.2
Cylinder block 0.1
Engine oil capacity P
With filter Approx. 4.2
Spark plug MakerKype/Spark plug gap mrn NGWPFR5G-11/1.0 - 1.1
lanition
" advance device I
Electronicallv-controlledianition
" advance
Engine idling speed rpm 650.-50 (N or P position for CVT)
Idle base speed (during no feed back control) rpm 600 (N or P position for AIT)
Density of COIHC at idling speed %/ppm Less than O.l/Less than 50
Ignition timing (during no feed back control) BTDCO/rpm 15U600
Hot engine 0.36~0.06210.53~0.062
Valve clearance (INTIEXH) mm
Cold engine (at ambient temperature) 0.31 -.0.04/0.50~0.04
Fuel tank capacity Q Approx. 65
Engine coolant total capacity [with reservoir tank (max. level)] e Approx. 9.4
-
Thermostat opening temperature [start to open full open] OC 82 - 95
Radiator cap opening pressure MPa (kg/crn2) , 0.06 - 0.10 (0.6 - 1.O)
1 Used 1 Limit
Deflection amount of accessory V-belt

I Power steering pump belt
Measured with tension gauge I N C compressor err
/
(kg) Fan belt
I power steerina D U ~ Dbelt

* I I
1
1
8-10
Measured by pushing at 98 N (10 kg)
mm
AK compressor belt 1 6-8
I
Fan belt 1 3-5
I SEC.! I 7 Power steering I

Fan belt pump beit
ENGINE MECHANICAL
TIGHTENING TORQUE
Unit: N m (kg-m) Unit: N.m (kg-m)
Engine cover 5.0 - 6.5 (0.51 - 0.66) Cylinder head bolt 1) 29 (3.0)
' Throttle body 1) 8.8 - 11 (0.9 - 1.1) 2) 98 (10.0)
2) 18 - 22 (1.8 - 2.2)
@
3) 0 (0)
Throttle position sensor 2.0 - 2.4 (0.20 - 0.24) 4) 25 - 34 (2.5 - 3.5)
IAA unit (ACC valve) -
8.4 11 (0.86 - 1.I) 5) 95" - 100"
' Intake manifold collector 18 - 22 (1.8 - 2.2) (Angle tightening) E
(upper) Cylinder head sub bolt 9.0 - 12 (0.92 - 1.2)
' Intake manifold collector VTC solenoid -
25 - 34 (2.5 3.5) j$?
Intake manifold Main bearing cap 49 - 59 (5.0 - 6.0)
Vacuum tank Connecting rod nut 1) 1 4 - 16 (1.4- 1.6)
Engine coolant temperature 2) 60" - 65" BR
sensor (Angle tightening)
' Fuel tube Flywheel and drive plate 93 - 103 (9.5 - 10.5)
Engine coolant drain plug -
34 44 (3.5 - 4.5)
a=
Pressure regulator Knock sensor 25 - 34 (2.5 - 3.5)
Fuel damper Radiator mounting bracket
Fuel hose clamp bolt Auxiliary electric fan
(in engine compartment) Water pump (M6 bolt)
Exhaust manifold cover (M8 bolt)
Exhaust manifold (M10 bolt)
Oxygen sensor Water inlet
Oil pump assembly
Crank pulley -
Cam pulley (INT) Accelerator cable lock nut

Cam pulley (EXH) Fuel tank strap
Timing belt cover Fuel sender unit lock
Ttming belt rear cover ring
Tensioner pulley Exhaust manifold to front
Idler pulley tube
Crankshaft position sensor Front tube to catalytic
converter
' Oil pan Catalytic converter to center
Oil strainer tube
Ignition coil 5.1 - 6.5 (0.52 - 0.66) muffler
Spark plug 20 - 29 (2.0 - 3.0) Alternator (main)
Rocker cover 1) 5.5 - 7.5 (0.56 - 0.76) (stay side)
2) 5.5 - 7.5 (0.56 - 0.76) Starter motor
:Tighten separately in twice.)
': Tighten as specified tightening order.
* Camshaft bracket
1): Tighten separately in several times.

ENGINE MECHANICAL

Firing order 1-5-3-6-2-4
Standard 1.20 (12.2)/300
Limit 0.90 (9.2)/300
MPa (kg/cm2)/rpm -
Limit of variation between cylinders 0.1 (1.0)/300
- - -- -
Intake manifold 0.1
Cvlinder head - -- -
0.2
( Cylinder block 0.1
Engine oil capacity
'with filter Aoorox. 4.3
Spark plug
ignition advance device
I~ a k e r f l ~ ~ e /plug
~~a gap
rk
- --
mm
-
r
I
-
NGKPFRGG-11/1.0 - 1.1
Electronically-controlledignition advance
Engine idling speed rPm 650-e50 (N or P position for A/T)
Idle base speed (during no feed back control) Pm 600 (N or P position for AQ
Density of COIHC at idling speed Wppm Less t h a n b l ~ e s sthan 50
Ignition timing (during no feed back control) BTDCO/rpm 15dY600
Hot engine 0.36+0.062/0.53i0.062
Valve clearance (INT/EXH) mm
Cold engine (at ambient temperature) 0.3 120.04/0.50a0.04
Fuel tank capacity 4 Approx. 65
Engine coolant total capacity [with reservoir tank (max. level)] t Approx. 9.4
Thermostat opening temperature [start to open - full open] OC 82 - 95
Radiator cap opening pressure MPa (kg/cm2) 0.06 - 0.1 0 (0.6 - 1.O)
New 1 Used 1 Limit
Deflection amount of accessory V-belt Power steering pump belt

667 - 755 -
559 637
284 (29)
(68 - 77) (57 - 65)
,
667 - 755 559 - 637
AfC compressor belt 284 (29)
Measured with tension gauge (68 - 77) (57 - 65)
(kg) 667 - 755 559 - 637
Fan belt 284 (29)
(68 - 77) (57 - 65)
-
Power steering pump belt 8 - 10 10 - 12 16

Measured by pushing at 98 N (10 kg) '
AfC compressor belt 6-8 7-9 12
mm
Fan belt 3-5 4-6 7.5
I
SEC.117
Fan belt
Power steering
pump belt
ENGINE MECHANICAL pEZBq
TIGHTENING TORQUE
Unit: N.m (kg-m) Unit: N.m (kg-m)
Engine cover 5.0 - 6.5 (0.51 - 0.66) ' Cylinder head boit 1) 29 (3.0)
' Throttle body 1) 8.8 - 11 (0.9 - 1.1) 2) 98 (10.0)
- -
2) 18 22 (1-8 2.2) 3) 0 (0)
Throttle position sensor -
2.0 2.4 (0.20 - 0.24) 4) 25 - 34 (2.5 - 3.5)
IAA unit (ACC valve) 8.4 - 11 (0.86 - 1.1) 5) 95" - 100"
' Intake manifold collector -
18 22 (1.8 - 2.2) (Angle tightening) I%
* Intake manifold -
18 22 (1-8 - 2.2) Cylinder head sub bolt 9.0 - 12 (0.92 - 1.2)
Engine coolant temperature - -
20 29 (2.0 3.0) VTC solenoid 25 - 34 (2.5 - 3.5)
AT
sensor " Main bearing cap 49 - 59 (5.0 - 6.0)
' Fuel tube
Connecting rod nut - -
1) 14 16 (1.4 1.6)
2) 60" 65"- BR
Pressure regulator (Angle tightening)
Fuel damper Oil jet 30 - 40 (3.1 - 4.1)
Fuel hose clamp bolt Flywheel and drive plate -
93 103 (9.5 - 10.5)
ST
(in engine compartment) Engine coolant drain plug 34 - 44 (3.5 - 4.5)
Knock sensor -
25 - 34 (2.5 3.5)
Turbocharger
Oil tube Radiator mounting bracket -
3.8 4.5 (0.39 - 0.46) I%$
Water tube (block side) Auxiliary electric fan -
5.1 6.5 (0.52 - 0.66)
(turbocharger side) Water pump (M6 bolt) 17 - 21 (1.7 - 2.1)
Oxygen sensor (M8 bolt) - -
20 23 (2.0 2.3) kIA
(MI 0 bolt) 35 - 47 (3.6 - 4.8)
Exhaust manifold cover Water inlet 16 - 21 (1.6 - 2.1)
' Exhaust manifold Oil pump assembly 9.0 - 12 (0.92 - 1.2) a=
Crank pulley Accelerator cable lock nut
Cam pulley (INT) Fuel tank strap
Cam pulley (EXH) Fuel sender unit lock
Timing belt cover ring
Timing belt rear cover Exhaust manifold to front
Tensioner pulley tube
Idler pulley Front tube to catalytic
Crankshaft position sensor converter
' Oil pan Catalytic converter to center
Oil strainer tube
muffler
Ignition coil 5.1 - 6.5 (0.52 - 0.66)
Spark plug 20 - 29 (2.0 - 3.0) Alternator (main)
' Rocker cover -
1) 5.5 - 7.5 (0.56 0.76) (stay side)
-
2) 5.5 - 7.5 (0.56 0.76) Starter motor
(Tighten separately in twice.) ': Tighten as specified tightening order.
' Camshaft bracket 1): Tighten separately in several times.

CLUTCH
CLUTCH PEDAL
Pedal height mm 172 - 182
Pedal height at clutch released mm More than 82 More than 81 More than 85
Pedal free play (clevis pin clearance) mm 9 - 16 (1.0 - 3.0)
CLUTCH DISC
Engine type
I RB20DE I RB25DE
I RB25DET
Size mm 225 dia. I 240 dia.
I 250 dia.
Wear limit (depth to rivet head) mm 0.3
Runout limit / diameter at measurement mm Less than 0.7 / 215 dia. Less than 1.0 / 230 dia. Less than 0.7 / 240 dia.
Maximum backlash at spline mm 0.9 1.O
CLUTCH COVER
Size mm 225 dia. 240 dia. 250 dia.
Diaphragm spring lever height mm 33.0 - 35.0 37.5 - 39.5 48.2 - 50.2
Variation in diaphragm spring lever height mm Less than 0.7 Less than 0.5 Less than 0.6
TIGHTENING TORQUE
Unit: N-m (ka-m)
Clutch cover fixing bolt
Clutch master cylinder fixing bolt I 7.9 - 10 (0.8 - 1.I)

MANUAL TRANSMISSION
BACKLASH ADJUSTING SHIMS

-
-
Items Standard mm Measurement

Thickness
Selective parts height Parts number
Main drive gear 0.05 - 0.10 mm
mm
1st gear 0.05 - 0.20 Counter shaft

front bearing
2nd gear 0.05 - 0.20
3rd gear 0.05 - 0.20
4th gear I -
5th gear 1 0.05 - 0.20
Reverse idler gear 1 0.05 - 0.20
BAULK RlNG CLEARANCE
Ail
END PLAY Measurement

position
Items Standard mm
1st gear 1 0.31 - 0.41 2nd and 3rd
2nd gear 1 0.11-0.21 Inner baulk ring clearance 'an
3rd gear 1
7
0.11 - 0.21
-
4th gear -
5th gear 0.24 0.41 - Outer baulk ring
Reverse idler gear 0.05 - 0.50

Counter gear 0 - 0.16
Main drive gear end play 0 - 0.13
Mainshaft high-synchro side 0 - 0.18
lnn'er baulk ring
Rear end of mainshaft end bearing 0 - 0.14
SNAP RlNG
4th and 5th ( 1.20 - 1.60 1 Less than 0.8
Selective parts Thickness m m I Parts number
- --
Reverse gear 1 -
1.10 1.55 1 Less than 0.7
Main drive gear
TIGHTENING TORQUE
Unit: N.m (kg-rn)
Counter drive gear TIM side to -
40 49
Transmission to engine
I
I
High-synchro side
I
1
I
32263 V5200
32263 "5201
mounting bolt Engine side to
TIM side
30 - 39
(3.0 - 4.0)
Mainshaft 1.1 32228 20 100
Rear end of shaft
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
END PLAY SNAP RING AND C-RING

Items I Standard mm Selective parts Thickness mm Parts number
I
--
1st gear 0.23 - 0.33

2nd gear I
I
0.23 - 0.33
3rd gear I
0.06 - 0.16 Main drive gear
4th gear -
5th gear I 0.23 - 0.33
Reverse gear
--
I 0.33 - 0.43
Reverse idler gear 0.30 - 0.53
Mainshaft (front)
Counter gear
--
-
0.10 0.25
Main drive gear end play 0 - 0.10
Mainshaft (front) end play 0 - 0.10
32348 01G15
Mainshaft (rear) end play 0 - 0.10 32348 01GOO
Counter gear (front) end play 0.10 - 0.25 32348 01GO1
32348 01GO2
Counter gear (rear) end play 0 - 0.10 32348 01GO3
32348 01GO4
32348 01GO5
32348 01GO6
Mainshaft (rear)
32348 01GO7
32348 01GO8
32348 01GO9
32348 01G10
32348 01G11
32348 01G12
32348 01GI 3
32348 01G14
Counter gear (rear)

MANUAL TRANSMISSION pmtq
THRUST WASHER BAULK RING CLEARANCE

Selective parts I Thickness mm I Parts number Measurement position
Standard
mm
Wear limit
mm
32218 01GOO
32218 01G11 Ist, 2nd and 3rd (double cone)
32218 01G12 Less than
lnner baulk ring clearance "a* 0.2
32218 01G13
Counter gear
32218 01G14 Outer baulk ring clearance "bn Less than
(front) 0.2 EC
, 32218 01G04
32218 01G15 Outer baulk ring
L ,
32218 01G16
32218 01GI7
32284 01G10
Reverse idler
3228401G11
Syncf
cone
lnner baulk ring
MTA0004D
4th and 5th

Less than &$
0.7
Reverse gear
Reverse baulk ring Less than
clearance "cn 0.7
Reverse cone
--
TIGHTENING TORQUE
Unit: N.m (kg-m)
1 TIM side to 1 -
40 49
Transmission to engine
mounting bolt Engine side to 30 - 39
IT/M side 1 (3.0 - 4.0)
SHIFT SPEED
Engine type (model code) RB20DE (4AX03)
Vehicle speed km/h
Throttle position Shift pattern
D,--+D2 D23 D3 D344 D4-43 D3+ D2 D2-4
Normal -
46 50 91 - 99 149-159 144-154 86 - 94 41 - 45
Full throttle
Power 46 - 50 91 - 99 149 - 159 144 - 154 86 - 94 41 - 45
Half throttle
Normal 31 - 35 62 - 68 101 - 109 71 - 79 41 45 - 6-10
Power 43 - 47 84 - 90 -
135 143 83 - 91 45 - 51 6-10
--
Engine type (model code) I RB25DE (4AX01)

- -
,
Vehicle speed km/h

~,-a D2+ D3 D,-*D, D,-,D~ D,-* D, ~2~ DI
Normal 50 - 54 101 - 109 157 - 167 151 - 161 96 - 104 40 - 44
Full throttle
Power 50 - 54 101 - 109 -
157 167 151 - 161 96 - 104 40 - 44
Normal 32 - 36 61 - 67 104 - 112 80 - 88 37 - 43 6 - 10
Half throttle
Power 42 - 46 85 - 91 -
135 143 -
87 95 45 - 51 6 - 10
Engine type (model code) I RB25DET (4AX00)

Vehicle speed km/h
I D2-rD3 I D3*D4 I D44D3 I D3*D2 1 D2jD,
Normal 45 - 49 103 - 111 167 - 177 161 - 171 98 - 106 40 - 44

Full throttle
Power -
45 49 -
103 111 -
167 177 161 - 171 98 - 106 40 - 44
Normal 31 - 35 74 - 80 111 - 119 63 - 71 32 - 38 6-10
Half throttle
Power 39 - 43 84 - 90 133 - 141 98 - 106 50 - 56 6 - 10
LOCK-UP SPEED
Engine type (mode code)
Closed throttle
Vehicle speed in Half throttle

D, position Lock-up OFF Closed throttle
krnh Half throttle
Lock-up ON Closed throttle

kmlh Half throttle
Vehicle speed in
D, position Lock-up OFF Closed throttle
kmlh Half throttle
- - - -
Closed throttle: Throttle opening of less than 118 with the closed throttle position switch off position
Half throttle: Throttle opening of 418
STALL SPEED
Engine type (model code) Stall engine speed rpm
LINE PRESSURE
Line pressure MPa (kg/cm2)
Engine speed D, 2, and 1 positions (4AT)
R position
D, 3, and 2 positions (M-AT)
-- -
At idle engine speed I -

0.58 0.62 (5.9 - 6.3) I 0.47 - 0.51 (4.8 - 5.2)
At stall engine speed 1 1.71 - 1.78 (17.4 - 18.2) 1 1.22 - 1.29 (12.4 - 13.2)
CONTROL VALVE SPECIFICATIONS
Valve loc:ation Valve designation Total length mm Parts number
L1 Torque converter regulator valve 27.5 31780 41x01
L2 Pressure modifier valve 43.5 31751 41x02
L3 Pressure regulator valve 68.0 31741 80x00
4AX03 model 3 1772 4AXOO
Accumulator control valve 55.5
L4 Except 4AX03 model 3 1772 4AX02
Throttle accumulator piston 19.5 31675 41X07
Upper body L5 Shift valve B 56.0 31766 4AXOO
-
L6 Shift valve A 75.0 31766 51x03

4AX03 model 63.5 31766 51X04
L7 Overrun clutch control valve
Except 4AX03 model 65.0 31766 4AX02
L8 Overrun clutch reducing valve 54.5 31772 41X06
L9 Pilot valve 38.5 31772 41x01
L10 Torque converter clutch control valve 58.0 31832 4AX01
4AX03 model 57.0 31766 51x05
L11 Shuttle shift valve S
Except 4AX03 model 67.0 31766 4AX01
L13 1 reducing valve 37.5 31772 41x12
Lower body 4AX03 model 37.5 31772 4AX01
L14 3-2 timing valve
Except 4AX03 model 41 .O 31772 71x00
L15 Servo charger valve 66.0 31772 41X03
L16 Lock-up regulator valve 38.5 31772 21x00
CONTROL VALVE SPRING SPECIFICATIONS

Unit: mm
I 1 I I I I
Free length Outer Wire Winding

Valve spring location Valve spring designation diameter diameter Parts
'D" "d" direction number
L1 Torque converter regulator valve spring 36.0 9.0 1.4 Right 31742
4AXOO
L2 Pressure modifier valve spring 31.95 6.8 0.8 4 3 1742
41x19
L3 Pressure regulator valve spring 31.8 15.0 1.3 31742
1 4AXO 1
L4 Throttle accumulator piston spring A 30.5 9.8 1.3 31742
7 41X I 5
L5 Shift valve B spring 23.5 11.0 31742
0.8 t 4AX02
L6 Shift valve A spring 25.0 7.0 0.65 3 1762
? 41x01
Upper body
3 1762
Overrun clutch control valve
4AX03 model 23.6 7.0 0.6 T 41x03
L7
spring 31762
Except 4AX03 model 38.3 8.0 0.55 T
/ /
4AXOO
4AX03 model 32.5 7.0 0.85 31742
Overrun clutch reducing T 41X63
L~ valve spring 31742
Except 4AX03 model 35.5 7.0 0.9 t 41x65
Pilot valve spring 26.5 9.0 1.1 T
r
Torque converter clutch control valve spring 46.5 6.5 0.8 ?

I
I
4AX03 model 54.0 5.65 0.75 T
Shuttle shift valve S spring
Except 4AX03 model 25.0 7.0 0.65 T
4AX00 model 22.6 6.7 0.7 ?
1 reducing valve spring
Lower body Except 4AX00 model 25.4 6.75 0.75 T
3-2 timing valve spring 23.0 6.7 0.7 T
Servo charger valve spring 23.0 6.7 0.7 T
Lock-up regulator valve spring 33.89 6.95 0.55 ..I
ACCUMULATOR
Accumulator spring
-- - --
Spring designation Free length mm Parts number

Accumulator spring A 43.0 31605 41X02
4AX03 model 31605 41XI 0
Accumulator spring B 66.0
Except 4AX03 model 31605 4AX03
EC
Accumulator spring C 45.0 31605 4AX00
Accumulator spring D 58.4 31605 41X06
AT
Accumulator O-ring
-
Accumulator A B C D 0 J-J
Large O-ring mm 45 50 50 45
Small O-ring mm 29 45 34 29 ST
BAND SERVO PISTON
Band servo piston spring
Model code 4AX00,4AX01 4AX03 HA
Spring designation Free length mm Parts number Free length mm Parts number
Band servo piston spring A 47.6 31605 41X I 4 47.6 31605 41X I 8
EL
Band servo piston spring B - - - -
Band servo piston spring C 29.7 31605 41x01 29.7 31605 41XO1
CLUTCH AND BRAKE

Designation I Reverse clutch I Hiah clutch
Model code I 4AX00 I 4AX01. 4AX03
--
Number of plates 2 2
Drive Parts number 31532 41x73 31532 41X24
Piate Thickness mm 2.0 2.0
Wear limit mm 1.8 1.8
Number of plates 2 2
Driven Parts number 31536 41X20
plate 31536 41x14
Thickness mm 2.8 2.0
Clearance "7m 1 0.5 - 0.8 I 0.5 - 0.8
I%I Thick-
Parts number
Thick-
Parts number
Thick-
ness
mm
Thick-
Retaining plate
--
Designation High clutch Forward clutch

Model code 4AX03 4AX00 4AX01,4AX03
Number of plates 4 7 6
Parts number 31532 41x11 31532 41X63 31532 41 X63
Drive plate
Thickness mm 1.6 2.0 2.0
Wear limit mm 1.4 1.8 1.8
Driven plate IParts number 1
t
31536 41X21 I
I
31536 41X I 3 II 31536 41x13
Thickness mm I 2.0 1 2.0 1 2.0
Clearance mm
Thickness
mm 1 Pans number Thickness
mm Parts number Thickness
mm Parts number
Retaining plate
Designation Overrun clutch Low & reverse brake

Model code 4AX00,4AX01,4AX03 4AX00 4AX01,4AX03
I Number of plates I
3 7 5
Parts number 31532 41X62 31532 41x69 31532 41X69
Drive plate
Thickness mm I 2.0 1.6 1.6
Wear limit mm 1.8 1.4 1.4
Driven plate Parts number 31536 41x10 31666 41X02 31666 41X02
Thickness mm 2.0 2.0 2.0
Clearance mm 1.0 - 1.4 0.5 - 0.8 0.5 - 0.8
I Thi","~ss 1 Parts number 1 Thi","rss
1 1 ThigEss Parts number Parts number
31667 41X I 7 31667 41x13

31667 41XI1 31667 41XI 4
31667 41x12 31667 41 X07
31667 41X I 3 31667 41 X08
31667 41x14 31667 41XOO
Retaining plate 31667 41X07 31667 41XO1
31667 41X08 31667 41X02
31667 41XOO 31667 41X03
31667 41x01 31667 41 X04
31667 41X02 31667 41 X05
31667 41X03 31667 41 X06
31667 41X04
31667 41XO5
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIO
OIL PUMP AND LOW ONE-WAY CLUTCH

Outer gear to crescendo -
0.15 0.22
Oil pump clearance mm Outer gear to housing 0.11 - 0.18
Inner gear and outer gear to housing 0.03 - 0.05
Standard 0.10 - 0.25
Oil pump cover to seal ring clearance mm ,
Limit 0.25
Standard 0.10 - 0.25
Low one-way clutch inner race to seal ring clearance mm
Limit 0.25
-
TOTAL END PLAY

- -
Total end play mm 0.25 - 0.55

I
Thickness
mm I Parts number
Bearing race
REVERSECLUTCHENDPLAY
Reverse clutch drum end play mm 0.55 - 0.90
I
Oil pump thrust washer
ADJUSTMENT OF TANDEM BRAKE BAND TENSION

Anchor end pin tightening torque N.m (kg-m) 4.0 - 5.8 (0.4 - 0.6)
Number of turns of anchor end pin back-off I 2.375 - 2.625
Lock nut tightening torque N-m (kg-m) 41 - 50 (4.1 - 5.2)
TIGHTENING TORQUE
Unit: N.m (kg-m)
Transmission to engine mounting bolt

ITIM side to engine side I 40 - 49 (4.0 - 5.0)
I Engine side to TIM side
-- -- - - -
- - -- - - -
I 30 - 39 (3.0 - 4.0)
TRANSFER
END PLAY
Designation Standard mm
Clutch hub 0.2 - 0.35
--
Multiple disc clutch 0.2 - 0.5
CLUTCH HUB BEARING ADJUSTING SHIM

Thickness mm Parts number Thickness mm Parts number
0.40 33112 05U04 0.80 33112 05U02
0.50 33112 05U05 0.90 33112 05U03
0.60 33112 OSUOO 1-00 33112 05U06
0.70 33112 05U01
RETAINER PLATE
Thickness mm I Parts number Thickness mm I Parts number
-- -
CLUTCH SPECIFICATIONS
I Number of plates ( 7
--
Parts number 31532 05UOO

Drive plate
Thickness mm 2.0
Wear limit mm 1.8
Number of plates 12
Driven plate Parts number 3 1536 1P400
Thickness mm 2.0
PROPELLER SHAFT
Type Journal bearing end play mm Amount of runout mm

2S56A
3S63C-T
0 Less than 0.6
3S71C-T
3F80A-2VL107
TIGHTENING TORQUE
Unit: N.m (kg-m)
Center bearing bracket to underbody 42 - 48 (4.2 - 4.9)

Propeller shaft flange yoke to companion flange 55 - 64 (5.6 - 6.6) .
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
DRIVE GEAR RUNOUT

Type Amount of runout at reverse side of drive gear mm
F160 Less than 0.05
ADJUSTMENT OF SIDE GEAR CLEARANCE

TYpe Clearance at reverse side of side gear mm
F160 Less than 0.15, and side gear must be rotated freely.
Thrust washer for adjustment of clearance at reverse side of side gear

Thickness mm 1 Parts number 1 Thickness mm 1 Parts number 1 Thickness mm 1 Parts number 1 Thickness rnm 1 Parts number
ADJUSTMENT OF DRIVE PINION HEIGHT

Adjusting washer for adjustment of drive pinion height
Thickness mrn 1 Parts number 1 Thickness mm 1 Parts number 1 Thickness mm Parts number Thickness mm Parts number
ADJUSTMENT OF DRIVE PINION PRE-LOAD

Type Drive pinion pre-load N-m (kg-m)
Adjusting washer for adjustment of drive pinion pre-load

1 Parts numbaJ~hickness
- - - pppp - -- -- -
Thickness m m r Parts number [ ~ h i c k n e s s mm mm Parts number Thickness mrn Parts number

2.55
2.57
2.59
Adjusting spacer for adjustment of drive pinion pre-load

Thickness mm I Parts number I Thickness rnrn I Parts number I Thickness mm 1 Parts number
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
ADJUSTMENT OF SIDE BEARING PRE-LOAD

Adjusting washer for adjustment of side bearing pre-load
Side retainer side
Thickness mm 1 Pans number I Thickness mm 1 Pans number I Thickness mm 1 Parts number I Thickness mm 1 Parts number
Carrier case side

Thickness mm Parts number Thickness mm Parts number Thickness mm Parts number Thickness mm Parts number
1.95 38453 03VOO 2.15 38453 03V04 2.35 3845303V08 2.55 38453 03V12
2.00 38453 03V01 2.20 38453 03V05 2.40 3845303V09 2.60 38453 03V13
2.05 38453 03V02 2.25 38453 03V06 2.45 3845303V10 2.65 3845303V14
ADJUSTMENT OF TOTAL PRE-LOAD

Type F160
Total pre-load with oil seal installed N.m (kg-m) 1.6 - 2.1 (0.16 - 0.22)
Drive gear backlash mm 0.10 - 0.15
ADJUSTMENT OF SIDE SHAFT END PLAY

I
Type F160
Side shaft end play mm 0 - 0.1
Adjusting shim for adjustment of side shaft end play

Thickness mm I Parts number I Thickness mm I Parts number
REAR FINAL DRIVE
DRIVE GEAR RUNOUT

Type I Amount of runout at reverse side of drive gear mm
R200 (Strengthened), R200V (Strengthened) I Less than 0.05
ADJUSTMENT OF SIDE GEAR CLEARANCE

Type Clearance at reverse side of side gear mm
R200 (Strengthened) Less than 0.15, and side gear must be rotated freely.
R200V (Strengthened) 0.03 - 0.09
Thrust washer for adjustment of clearance at reverse side of side gear
R200 (Strengthened, 2-pinion) R200 (Strengthened, 4-pinion) R200V (Strengthened)
- -- -
-,
Thickness mm Parts number Thickness mm Parts number Thickness mm Parts number
38424 N3110 0.75 - 0.80 38424 1OVOO 0.80
38424 N3111 0.80 - 0.85 38424 1OVO1 0.83
38424 N3112 -
0.85 0.90 38424 1OV02 0.86
0.89
0.92
0.95
0.98
1.O1
1.04
1.07
1.10
Thrust washer 1.13
1.16
1.19
1.22
1.25
1.28
1.31
1.34
1.37
1-40
1.43
1.46
1.49
ADJUSTMENT OF DRIVE PINION HEIGHT

Adjusting washer for adjustment of drive pinion height
-- -
Type R200 (Strengthened), R200V (Strengthened)

Thickness mm Parts number Thickness mm Parts number Thickness mrn Parts number Thickness mrn Parts number
3.09 38154 P6017 3.24 38154 P6022 3.39 38154 P6027 3.54 38154 P6032
Adjusting 3.12 38154 P6018 3.27 38154 P6023 3.42 38154 P6028 3.57 38 154 P6033
washer 3.1 5 38154 P6019 3.30 38154 P6024 3.45 38154 P6029 3.60 38154 P6034
3.18 38 154 P6020 3.33 38154 P6025 3.48 38 154 P6030 3.63 38 154 P6035
3.21 38154 P6021 3.36 38154 P6026 3.51 38 154 P6031 3.66 38154 P6036
REAR FINAL DRIVE
ADJUSTMENT OF DRIVE PINION PRE-LOAD

TYpe I R200 (Strengthened), R200V (Strengthened)
Drive pinion pre-load N.rn (kg-rn) I 1.1 - 1.6 (0.11 - 0.17)
Adjusting washer for adjustment of drive pinion pre-load

--
TYpe R200 (Strengthened), R200V (Strengthened)

Thickness mm Parts number Thickness mm Parts number
EG
Adjusting washer
Adjusting spacer for adjustment of drive pinion pre-load

R8
Thickness mm Parts number
HA
45.6 38165 1OV05
Adjusting spacer 45.9 38165 1OV06
46.2 38165 1OV07 EL
46.5 38165 1OVOO
46.8 38165 1OVO1
ADJUSTMENT OF SIDE BEARING PRE-LOAD

Type I R200 (Strengthened), R200V (Strengthened)
1
- - - - - - -
Side bearing pre-load N-m (kg-m) 0.3 - 1.4 (0.03 - 0.15)
Adjusting washer for adjustment of side bearing pre-load

Type I
1
R200 (Strengthened), R200V (Strengthened)
Thickness mm Parts number Thickness rnm Parts number
2.00 38453 N3100 2.35 38453 N3107
2.05 38453 N3101 2.40 38453 N3108
Adjusting washer 2.1 0 38453 N3102 2.45 38453 N3109
ADJUSTMENT OF TOTAL PRE-LOAD

Total pre-load with oil seal installed N m (kg-m) 1.4 - 3.1 (0.14 - 0.32)
Drive gear backlash rnm 0.1 - 0.15
4.083, 4.363 0.1 - 0.15
Drive gear backlash mm Final gear reduction ratio
4.111 0.13 - 0.18
DRIVE SHAFT
FRONT REAR
Z80T70C T82CT82F
Final drive side T70C Final drive side T82F
Joint type Joint type
Wheel side Z80 Wheel side T82C
Amount of grease
Final drive side 110 - 120 Amount of grease
Final drive side -
102 107
Wheel side -
75 85 'wheel side 115 - 125
Final drive side 95.5 - 97.5
Boot length at installed mm Boot length at installed mm . Final drive side 95 97-
Wheel side 90.5 - 92.5 Wheel side
I I
Spider
I1 'lamped
number
00
Parts number
1 39720 51E00 I
Spider
assembly
Stamped
number
Parts number
39720 lOVl0
TYP~
assembly (final drive and T82C

01 39720 51EO1 wheel sides) 39720 1OV11
(final drive side) T7fP T82F
39720 10V12
Joint type
Final drive side Wheel side
Joint type
Wheel side
Amount of grease g
Amount of grease
Wheel side 75 85 - Boot length at Final drive side 92.9 - 94.9
installed mm Wheel side 96.0 - 98.0
Boot length at installed
Wheel side 90.5 - 92.5
TIGHTENING TORQUE
I Stamped
number
1 Parts number I Type Unit: N-m (ka-m)
Spider
assembly 00 39720lOVlO
Drive shaft to side flange (left side)
-
28 37
(final drive side) 01 39720 1OV11 T82 F
-
(2.8 3.8)
Front
I
;
Drive shaft nut
T82CT82F
35 44-
Drive shaft to side
flange
Rear Z100D90F
-
(6.5 8.0)
Drive shaft nut

AXLE & SUSPENSION
WHEEL ALIGNMENT
-
1 Camber I -0°45'-t45'
[caster
r-
1 6"35'+45'
- -
Front King pin inclination 12"50'-t45'

GI
Toe-in mm 0 to In 2
Amount of side slip (Reference) mm In 5 to Out 5
EG
Camber -0°55'&30'
Rear Toe-in rnm 0 to Out 5.2
IAmount of side slip (Reference)(Only for HICAS) mm I In 5 to Out 5
WHEEL BEARING
- -
Location T Front axle Rear axle
Applied model I 2WD Without SUPER HICAS With SUPER HICAS
Less than 2.45 (0.25) 0.30 - 1.I7(0.03 - 0.12)
Rotating torque (NSK make) (NSK make)
N.m (kg-m) Less than 3.33 (0.34) 0.520 - 1.882 (0.053 - 0.192)
(NTN make) (NTN make)
Less than 15.9 (1.63) -
5.0 21 (0.5 - 2.2)
Spring scale measurement (NSK make) (NSK make)
N (kg) Less than 21.6 (2.21) 2.95 - 10.5 (0.30 - 1.O8)
(NTN make) (NTN make)
Spring scale set position
End play mm l 0
BALL JOINT
Oscillating torque N-m (kg-m) 0.50 - 3.40 (0.05 - 0.35)
Spring scale measurement (at cotter pin hole) N (kg) 7.95 - 55.3 (0.81 - 5.64)
Sliding torque N.m (kg-m) 0.50 - 3.40 (0.05 - 0.35)
End play mm 0
(0'01- 0'6)LO 1 - 6'88 Sv31H u3dnS!!"
6u!snoq alxe 01 Alquasse Jaq.Josqey30qs
(0-zc
- 0'01)LC1 - 0'66 SV31H U3dnS InoW!M
I inu 6u!x!4 yu!l ~addni u o ~I j
I 6u!snoy alxe 08 yu!l le~aie7 I
(0'6- O'L)88 - 69 Jaquaw uo!suadsns 01 yu!l IeJaiel
(z.1 - 6-0111 - 6'8 pol 6u!g3auuo:, ~e JaMOl
(8'8- Z'L)98 - IL 6upnoq alxe 01 JaMOl
(0'01 - 06'~)
0'86 - 0'8L Jaquraw uo!suadsns 04 u e JaMo7
(0'81- 0.12)PLZ - 902 Inu WOI qn4 laWM
(0'61- 0'11)LZC - 801 I Jaqwaw uo!suadsns 01 yu!l asjansuejl I
ROAD WHEEL AND TIRE
ROAD WHEEL TIRE

Wheel type Aluminum Steel Tire air pressure kPa (kg/cm2)
Tire size
Runout limit Less than 0.3 Less than 0.8 Front wheel 1 Rear wheel
mm Vertcal Less than 0.3 Less than 0.5
Dynamic
Less than 10 (one side)
I G.JIUUOL
imbalance
Less than 20
--
-
Wheel nut tightening torque
N.m (kg-m) I 103 122
-
(10.5 12.5)
TIGHTENING TORQUE
Unit: N.m (kg-m)
Wheel nut 1 103 - 122 (10.5 - 12.5)
BRAKE
BRAKING FORCE REAR DlSC BRAKE

More than 10% of axle Brake type ADllVC OPZ11V
Total braking force of rear wheels
weight
Brake Standard thickness (New) mm 9.3 11.5
Variation between right and left of
Less than 8% of axle weight pad Wear limit of thickness mm 2.0
each wheel
More than 50% of vehicle Standard thickness (New) mm 16 18
Total braking force
weight at inspected Disc rotor Wear limit of thickness mm 14 16
Note: The braking force when both front wheels are locked up Runout limit mm Less than 0.07
can be considered to meet the total braking force.
BRAKE PEDAL PARKING BRAKE

Type DS17HD
Free play (at pedal top surface)
mm I 3 - 11 I
Standard thickness (New)

mrn
3.0
Brake pedal height Brake
(from dash panel top surface)
-
M/T: 163 173 lining Wear limit of thickness
mm
-
IVT: 170 180
mm
1.5
Depressed pedal height under force

of 490 N (50 kg)
(from dash panel top surface)
M/T: More than 85
A . More than 90 Drum
I Standard inner diameter
(New)
. . mm I I 172 dia.
mm
Clearance between the edge of stop
I Wear limit of inner diameter
mm I 173 dia.
Operating stroke
lamp switch screw and pedal stopper 5 - 7 notches
mm [under force of 196 N (20 kg)]
I
Maximum stroke 19 notches

CHECK VALVE Number of notches when brake warning
Within 1 notch
I lamp turns on
Vacuum leakage
Within 1.3 kPa (10 mmHg) of
[at vacuum Of 66'7 kPa vacuum for 15 seconds
(-500 mmHg)] TIGHTENING TORQUE
Unit: N.m (kg-m)
BRAKE BOOSTER Master cylinder fixing nut I 12 - 14 (1.2 - 1.5) -- -
Vacuum leakage
Within 3.3 kPa (25 mmHg) of
Front caliper mounting bolt -
152 154 (15.5 - 15.8)
[at vacuum of 66.7 kPa (-500
vacuum for 15 seconds Brake tube flare nut 15 - 17 (1.5 - 1.8)
mmHg)l
Input rod standard length at installed
140
mm
FRONT DlSC BRAKE

Brake type I AD25VB I CUSVD [OPZ~~VC
Standard thickness
Wear limit of
thickness
Standard thickness
mm
1 22 1 26 1 30
Disc rotor Wear limit of

thickness
Runout limit Less than 0.07
STEERING
STEERING WHEEL STEERING GEAR

Steering wheel end play rnm 0 Steering gear type PR29, PR26AD, PR26AF
-- -
Steering wheel free play rnm1 0-35 Rack neutral position "L" mm 68.5
Amount of steering gear housing movement mm I Within 22
STEERING ANGLE
Inner wheel 42"
Outer wheel 33"
STEERING COLUMN
Steering column length "L" mm 610 STC0101D
88
Primary tightening torque -

5.0 5.8 8T
Retainer
adjustment Re-tightening torque after loosening
once
--
5.0 5.8
(0.5 0.6)
Rs
N.m (kg-m)
MA
Range within
ill.5 mm from
STEERING LINKAGE Less than 98.0 EL
(10.0)
Rack sliding
Steering gear type force
(30.0)
Full range
Oscillating torque 0.30 - 2.94
N m (kg-m) -
(0.03 0.30) variations
Less than 147
Spring scale measurement

(at stud bolt hole)
6.48 64.6-
Tie-rod ball joint
N (kg)
-
(0.66 6.59)
outer socket OIL PUMP
Sliding torque 0.30 - 2.94
8.822: (90)
Maximum oil pump pressure (Without HICAS)
End play MPa (kg/cm2) 7.842:; (80)
Oscillating torque 1.O - 7.8 (With HICAS)
Tie-rod ball joint Spring scale measurement (at STEERING FLUID

inner socket arrow position in figure below)
19.0 152 -
N (kg)
(1.90 15.5) - Fluid capacity P I Approx. 1.0
End play mm Less than 0.2

Tie-rod length "L" mm 173.3
TIGHTENING TORQUE
Unit: N.m (kq-m)
Steering wheel nut - -
30 39 (3.0 4.0)
Steering gear to suspension member 89 - 91 (9.0 - 9.3)
Steering gear to steering column 24 - 29 (2.4 - 3.0)
Outer socket to steering knuckle 30 - 39 (3.0 - 4.0)
Tie-rod lock nut -
79 98 (8.0 - 10.0)
Large 32 - 42 (3.2 - 4.3)
Oil pump fixing bolt
Small -
14 17 (1.4 1.8) -
Hydraulic tube (high pressure side) to oil
Pump
/ 50 - 68 (5.0 7.0) -
Hydraulic tube to High pressure side -
15 24 (1.5 - 2.5)
steering gear Low pressure side 28 - 39 (2.8 - 4.0)
SUPER HlCAS
POWER CYLINDER
--
Oscillating torque 0.98 7.80 -

Power cylinder ball N.m (kg-m) (0.1 0.8) -
joint
End play
POWER CYLINDER LOWER LINK

Power cylinder lower link length mm 1 290.4t1.0
/
Lock nut
1
-- --
Clearance at power cylinder stroke mm 3.6k0.1
--- - -- - --
TIGHTENING TORQUE
Unit: N-m (kg-m)
84.4 - 107
HlCAS actuator assembly fixing bolt
(8.60 11.O) -
-
---
Outer link to axle housing 1 46 59 (4.6 6.1) -

Nissan Skyline R34 Workshop Manual English

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Nissan Skyline R34 Workshop Manual English

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Nissan Skyline R34 Workshop Manual English

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SERVICEMANUAL

QUICK REFERENCE INDEX I

0 1998 KISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD. Printed in Japan

IMPORTANT SAFETY NOTICE

Function and System Application

ECU discriminated Classification number of a replacement ECU can be read to pre- - - -

Tool name Description

BGKBRTFR34UDA FS5R30A $#i

F: &speed manual transmission

Vehicle identification plate Vehicle Identification Number

Vehicle Identification Plate

NISSAN MOTOR CO,LTD.JAPAN A TYP~

Description of Engine Control

Performs optimum fuel injection for every operation condition for

Malfunction indicator lamp

Fuel pump control signal -- Vehicle speed signal

Malfunction indicator lamp

Fuel pump control signal +

Crankshaft position sensor signal

~ n g i n ecoolant temperature sensor signal

Refrigerant pressure sensor signal +

- Variable valve timing control sign

I Turbo pressure signal

Component Parts Location

Component name I Type I Location

Comoonent name I TVaLE

Fuel injector High-resistance Fuel tube

Front end of cylinder head

1 ECM L IGN co~lrelay Small un~versalrelay (2M) Passenger dashboard s~de

Vacuum Hose Drawing

1. Intake manifold collector to Pressure regulator 10. Canister to Vacuum gallery

lntake manifold collector

Canister purge control vzlve

1. lntake manifold collector to Recirculation valve Canister to Vacuum pipe

I' Sh:H control unit

ECM (-TCM) Terminal Layout

3 1 Ignition signal (Power transistor drive signal) Cyl. No. 3 1 36 1 -

8 ( Ignition signal (Power transistor drive signal) Cyl. No. 2 ( '41

73 80 Battery power supply

Fail-safe and Backup Functions

The microcomputer in the control

Fixes the ignition timing, fuel injection pulse width, and

MIL lights up.

Selects the fuel injection pulse width according to the

SELF-DIAGNOSIS OPERATION PROCEDURE

Switching diagnostic test modes

Connect terminals "CHIC and 'IGN'

Erasing self-diagnostic results

Diagnostic test mode I - MALFUNCTION WARNING

Diagnostic test mode I1 - SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

Malfunction is detected in P A communication circuit in ECM (-TCM).

Afr communication cir- [RBZODE (UB), RB25Dm

CONDITIONS TO TURN OFF MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP

HOW TO ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

I SUB MODE BR455C

Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service

,ECM PART NUMBER SEF288S

WORK SUPPORT MODE

0 ENG NOT RUNNING